NSFW blog!! (Or tries to be lmao) She/Her/ Sagittarius/ ISFJ (ISTJ)/ December 13th/ 26 years old/Â Illinois; USA/ Fandoms: EW (majority of drawings), SHINee, Monsta X, Stray Kids, and Seventeen (smuts) (Kpop), Game Grumps, etc.
Ah, yes, after another intense chapter, itâs time to bring it down a notch with the blood and gore and bring more drama eheheheh.Â
Genre(s): Â Smut, Angst, Light Fluff, Hurt/Comfort Â
Word Count: 4.2k
Summary: Seungcheol is on everyoneâs shit list...again.Â
Seungcheol was making his move to the vans, following the younger members. He never looked back at his own crew nor Monsta Xâs. In his mind right now, this wasnât a mistake. He had to do it, no matter what anyone else said to him. He could hear fast footsteps approaching, but his focus remained on the vehicles ahead.Â
âSEUNGCHEOL, GET THE FUCK BACK HERE. I KNOW YOU HEAR ME.â Jeonghan hollered, his voice cracking multiple times. This was not a good situation at all, and Seungcheol was not ready for the questions and better yet, insults he was about to receive. At the mountain, the rest of the crew stared at the lifeless body that was sitting before them, a river of blood flowing between Jinâs eyes and into his agape mouth. Hyungwon was the one to speak up, breaking the silence.Â
âSo...what should we do with him, hyung?â He asked Shownu. Shownu took a big inhale and exhale, rubbing his temple.
âI donât know. We canât leave him here, thatâs for sure.â
âCould we...toss him in a cave or a crevice somewhere?â Changkyun suggests. âThereâs one literally right next to where he was crouching.â Â
âThatâs fine. Make sure to cover him up. Do it with his blanket and jacket.â Hoseok and Jooheon nodded, getting to work right away. Once they were done, everyone started their short journey back to the vans.Â
âI canât believe Seungcheol hyung went against orders. I would assume Kihyun would.â Minhyuk says. Kihyun jabs Minhyuk in the ribs, glaring at him.Â
âLook, I may be sadistic, but I still follow orders like most of us here.â
âHardly.â
âNowâs not the time for bickering, guys,â Shownu stops the commotion. âWe have a lot to reflect on this mission. For both crews.â
âWould we deem this unsuccessful?â Jooheon asks, a little worried that Shownu might say yes.Â
âNot necessarily. Still, we have to discuss it as it is a serious matter.â Once they reached the vans, they could already hear Jeonghan and Seungkwan yelling at both Chan and Seungcheol. Chan was crying his eyes out while Seungcheol stood furiously.
âYou actually murdered a gang member, Channie, and NEVER told me! Our worst enemy at that! Were you going to keep this secret away from me forever?? You really thought I wouldnât find out?â Seungkwan chastises.Â
âAre you fucking serious, Choi Seungcheol?? Youâve seriously lost your goddamn mind. You knew to NOT interfere with orders and you broke the BIGGEST one! Youâre a fucking mafia boss going back on what I assume were your own rules! You are going to get so much shit when we all get back home. How the fuck are you going to back yourself up THIS time?â Jeonghan rambled in Seungcheolâs face. When Shownu and the rest of the crew came closer, the nagging subsided. Jeonghan was about to start his rant again, but Shownu held up his hand to cease him.
âWe already heard your piece, Jeonghan. I told the other members that weâll discuss when we return back to our base.â Jeonghan stiffly nodded, looking down at the ground. The ride was dead silent. Even each memberâs breath didnât make a single sound. There was a lot to talk about yet no one had the guts to bring it up, or else it would cause another scene too tiring to even think about finishing. Everyoneâs true intentions would soon come after this drive was over.
Minghao (and Shownu, who was driving MXâs van) stopped at Monsta Xâs base, and everyone scurried out of their vans. As each member settled in a particular spot of the base, Shownu came to the middle, hanging his head low with slight regret.
âWell...where should I even start? Itâs...kind of difficult to talk about this matter, but...all I can say is that we eliminated our target enemy which I would deem it a success. However...we werenât able to conjure much information out of him. It is obvious how some of you feel about what went down, so I kindly ask you to keep your words to yourself to prevent further aggression or disagreement.â That caused both Seungkwan and Jeonghanâs eyes to roll. âChangkyun, Minhyuk, how do you guys feel about the information you received?â Changkyun heaved a sigh, rubbing his face.
âWell, it definitely was not enough at all, and thatâs the most frustrating part. All we have is his name and why he was left there to die.â He says.
âNot to mention, we have an additional reason as to why they hate the crew even more.â Minhyuk adds. âChannie killed a Bangtan member.â This caused an uproar from Seungkwan who was trying to remain quiet as best as he could.
âThe fact that he didnât even tell me about this when the other members knew is beyond me! Maybe he really is the reason why they hate us so much.â Chan immediately deflated, tears starting to creep up to his eyes again.Â
âBoo Seungkwan!â Seungcheol hollers at the techie. It startles him. âYou have no right to be attacking Chan like that! He did what he thought was right, and I believe, as the leader, he did exactly what he was supposed to do.â
âSays fucking you, Seungcheol. As a leader, you completely fucked up this mission, going back on your word every single time you promise someone else that you wouldnât be irrational. Maybe if you get it through your fucking skull that not everything goes your way, we wouldnât be in this predicament.â Jeonghan gives his spiel. With his patience running extremely thin, Seungcheol gave his warning while staring daggers at his husband.Â
âNow, you listen here, you-âÂ
âGENTLEMEN, PLEASE.â Shownuâs voice towers over everyone bickering, emphasizing his anger with a slam to the table. âAttacking each other is getting us nowhere! We already acknowledge the disapproval we have of Seungcheolâs decision to kill Jin, and we also now know that Chan has killed the Bangtan member, Hobi. We understand that it angers everyone differently, but we mustnât argue like this. Itâs highly unprofessional and unnecessary.â Shownu was growing tired at this point, unable to keep the peace.Â
âListen, everyone. Letâs just call this mission a deal breaker and head home. We win some, we lose some, alright? I think everyone needs to clear their heads and take a break from these hefty missions.â Hoseok says. The room stays silent, but the agreement is clear. The Seventeen crew awkwardly say their goodbyes to their ally crew and go to their designated private house to prepare the trip back to Korea. The rest of the gang are certainly going to have an earful.Â
Once they arrived back in Korea, the team was in the main area of the base, discussing the next mission, a frequent routine theyâre used to. Soonyoung and Jihoon greet Seungcheol but notice that Jeonghan completely ignored them. Seungkwan too, walking right behind Jeonghan without a word to the others.
âWhatâs stuck up their asses?â Jihoon commented.
âClearly not Cheol or Vern-â Soonyoung was cut off by an elbow to the rib.
âItâs not fucking joking time, Soonyoung.â Seungcheol seethes. Soonyoung withers in pain, holding his side.Â
âSomething mustâve happened. Everyone is way too quiet.â Joshua speaks up, definitely worried about everyoneâs tension. âCheol, are you going to explain?â Seungcheol peered up at the American and sighed heavily through his nose. It wasnât going to be a pleasant talk, so he took slow strides to his main desk chair and sat. He couldnât even look at any of the members in the eye, he only looked down at his folded hands on the table. It took him a while to conjure up a sentence, so Jihoon, of course, rushed him to speak.
âCâmon, hyung, we donât have all day. We were in the middle of a meeting, but you guys came during. What the hell happened during the mission?âÂ
âDid you...guys succeed?â Mingyu says.Â
âDid you find that Bangtan guy??â Seokmin chimes in.Â
â...Yes, and no.â Seungcheol starts. He knows everyone was confused.Â
âWhat do you mean âyes and noâ? Itâs either a win or a lose.â Jihoon says.Â
âYou guys donât understand. It was a success in the beginning with the heist, but the second half of the mission in Beijing...well, it didnât go as well as I thought it would.âÂ
â...So you DID or DIDNâT find the member...?â Seokmin asks again. Seungcheolâs patience was a thin string that was about to snap.Â
â...We did.â He heard gasps, more so terrified than surprised. âHis name was Jin.â Something clicked at the word âwasâ.
âWas...â Soonyoung thought hard, and then it hit him. âHyung, did you...â Before he could finish, Seungcheol groaned and swatted some papers off the table.
âYes! Yes, Soonyoung, whatever you were about to say, yes, I fucking did it. I blew his brains out, you happy??â With that, Seungcheol stormed out of the space, somewhere where no one was around. He left everyone in shock with their mouth agape.Â
âHe...actually killed him. Did the bastard even think twice of doing it? Did we even get any information out of him?â Jihoon mutters out loud.
âUnfortunately, we didnât get as much as we liked...â Jun says, standing next to Minghao closely. âAll we had was his name and an event that I believe most or all of you would remember.â
âAn event? What could that be?â Vernon asks. Minghao answers for him although very timid to tell him since the culprit is in the room (just in a corner).Â
âWell, remember that time they invaded us and we had them captive? Uhm...Channie did something to one of the members.â It was loud and clear to them, but it seems as though Vernon didnât quite catch the drift.
âI remember, but, what exactly did Channie do?âÂ
âHe...killed Hobi, the Bangtan member.â Vernonâs face dropped and he turned to look at a cowering Channie curled up in a ball in the farthest corner of the base, clearly sniffling and bawling his eyes out all to himself.Â
âWhereâs Kwannie? Does he know?âÂ
âHe found out, and he surely wasnât too happy about the news...â Minghao frowns. Vernon got up from his seat and went over to Chan, kneeling down to his level.Â
âHey, baby, Stop crying, please. It hurts us to see you cry.â He spoke softly, patting the boyâs back. The comfort seemed to calm the youngerâs fit, his breathing evening out. He sniffled once more before peeking out from his folded elbows on his knees.Â
âDoes...D-Does S-Seungkwannie hyung h-hate me now? Do you hate me now?â Chan whimpered pitifully. Vernonâs heart immediately broke to those words.Â
âWhy would I hate you, Channie? I could never, and Iâm sure Kwannie doesnât hate you either.â
âB-But, he was so mad at me...he yelled at me...blamed me for...â he trailed off, gearing up for more tears.Â
â...Iâm going to go talk to him. Heâs going to apologize for making you feel this way.â Chan was about to stop him, but Vernon was too fast, getting up and heading straight to their bedroom. His mind was made up in an instant. Chan emerges from his corner and approaches the group who all had their eyes on him.Â
âAre you alright, Channie?â Joshua asks, petting the youngestâs head.Â
âWith Vernonnie hyungâs help, I feel a bit better. Heâs going to Kwannie hyung to talk to him.â
âGood on him. There should be no reason Seungkwan should be mad. What you did benefitted us more than it hurt us.â Mingyu says.Â
âBut...donât you think because of that, weâll be more of a target?â Wonwoo butts in. Mingyu sighs.
âIâm just saying, the more of our target we eliminate, the harder it would be for them to target us. Less is best.âÂ
âMingyuâs right; once we eliminate our biggest threat, we will be scot-free.â Soonyoung says. âThatâs why we have to take them out any chance we get. Theyâre a hard bunch though. Reckless as shit, and you never know what their next move is.âÂ
âI just hope whenever their next attack is, it better be their last.â Jihoon says.Â
Seungkwan is laying in bed, scrolling through his phone to distract his never-ending intrusive thoughts. The thought of Chan murdering someone is still fresh in his mind, and the more he thinks about it, the more his emotions hit him, stronger each time. He hears a knock at the door and his immediate response is âGo away.â It opens regardless, and it closes with footsteps coming closer to him.Â
âDid I not just say go awa- oh...â Seungkwan stops once he sees his other lover.
âYou have some explaining to do, sir.â Vernon says. Seungkwan exhales, rolling over and sitting upright.Â
âLook, I bet you know the whole story, but in my defense, I felt like I shouldâve known the moment it happened. I donât know why it was kept a secret from me!â
âIt doesnât give you the right to yell at him though.â Vernon says sternly. âKnowing you and how you react, it probably wouldâve happened the same way this situation is happening. You would be mad regardless. You should not be mad period. He helped us out by getting rid of a target, but your initial reaction is to be angry? Something doesnât add up.â Seungkwan was practically speechless; his own Vernonnie, calling him out on his shit.Â
âWell...well, how would you react if he didnât tell you right away?â Vernon shrugs.
âItâs not my position to wring information out of him. He can tell me when heâs ready.â
âWhat if he had no intention to tell you?â
âThen, thatâs his decision. Iâm gonna find out eventually through word of mouth, and if itâs that much of a shocker, Iâll take it as calmly as possible.â Seungkwan was once again, speechless.Â
âYouâre...youâre such a pacifist.â
âIs that an insult? Do you want me to be a murderous maniac?â Seungkwan huffs. âYou know what you have to do. You were out of line, so you better get out there and apologize. You better not act like this ever again either.â
âIâm sorry, but who is the older one here? Who told you to tell me what to do?âÂ
âGet the fuck out there. Now.â There was no more room for discussion after that. Seungkwan actually shivers in fear before rushing to the door and leaving Vernon behind. With that, Vernon sighs and puts a satisfied smirk on his face.Â
Even though he disregarded the group coming back from the mission, Jeonghan wasnât quite finished with his argument with Seungcheol. He had a lot more to say, more so about how much of a fuck up Seungcheol is. He was pacing around a secluded space in the back of the base, trying to calm himself down somehow. But, his remission was out for the count when he laid eyes on his husband. Seungcheol saw Jeonghan standing there and immediately turned around, heading to the bedroom.
âWhere do you think youâre going?â Jeonghan says, chasing Seungcheol down.Â
âAnywhere where youâre not.â Seungcheol says flatly.Â
âAre you fucking joking? You want to get away from me that badly?âÂ
âWell, if this is what Iâm going to hear all day, then yes, Iâll gladly get away.â This only angered Jeonghan more.
âGet the fuck back here, Seungcheol, Iâm not going to chase you around like this!â
âChange your attitude and tone, then weâll talk. Other than that, leave me the fuck alone.âÂ
âListen here, you rat-nosed bast-â
âGET THE FUCK AWAY FROM ME, YOU FUCKING DIM-WITTED BLOND BITCH.â Even the members in the main lobby could hear that yell. Jeonghan stopped in his tracks and felt every negative emotion known to man.Â
âIs...Is that how you really feel...?â Seungcheol knew immediately he was in the wrong, fucking up instantly. There was no way he could save this.
âI-I...Hannie...âÂ
âI...donât want to see your fucking face, Choi Seungcheol.â Jeonghan pushed Seungcheol out of the way and sped to the members, hoping they knew what had been yelled across the hall.Â
âOh hell, Seungcheol fucked up again, didnât he...â Jihoon grumbled, seeing Jeonghan rush to Joshua and Seokmin, his mediators. âCâmon, Soonyoung. It looks like we need to give Seungcheol a lesson on how to be a fucking husband.â Soonyoung couldnât help but stifle a laugh. The couple walked to the mafia leader who was standing distraught yet guilty. Jihoon stood in front of him.
âSeungcheol...Seungcheol?â He repeated the manâs name, but earned no reply.Â
âEarth to Seungcheol?â Soonyoung tried. Again, nothing. Jihoon quickly got irritated and proceeded to slap Seungcheol across the face.
âWake the fuck up, damn it!â It snapped the leader out of his trance with him holding his cheek.Â
âWhat the hell was that for??âÂ
âSeems like you were in a deep sleep there. Why must you always screw everything up? First it was planning the mission, and now itâs with you going against orders AGAIN and upsetting Jeonghan hyung. Canât you get it through your thick skull that you canât do everything based on what YOU want? You have to be considerate of everyone else including our allies. They work with us for a reason: weâre reliable and trustworthy. Break both of those, and they will quickly turn into an enemy. Iâm surprised Shownu hyung didnât chew into your ass about killing Jin.â For once, Jihoon seemed calm when scolding Seungcheol. Soonyoung adds his perspective.
âItâs good that we got rid of him, but we still needed that information, and that hurt us big time. As for Jeonghan hyung, you shouldnât be angry at him for anything. Heâs actually in the right about this. You went back on your word, broke everyoneâs trust, and went on your own intuition. What leader does that? Now that youâve insulted the love of your life to the highest degree, itâs going to take a lot of forgiveness. You called him stupid and a bitch, we all heard it. Heâs being consoled by Seokmin and Shua hyung at the moment, so he doesnât want to see nor hear you right now. Wait until heâs ready, maybe heâll approach you and talk about it. Other than that, reflect on all of this. You KNOW you fucked up bad here. This is your final fuck-up, alright? You donât know how far everyone is willing to go.â Seungcheol listens carefully with a blank stare. His head was pounding. He needed some relief. Without saying a word, he slides by both members and goes into his bedroom, locking it.Â
âJeez, all that consulting, just to go and sulk in his room? Pitiful.â Jihoon shakes his head. Soonyoung places a hand on his shoulder.Â
âMaybe what we told him will stick with him. He has a lot on his plate. He has to learn how to take care of what we throw at him.â
âI guess youâre right.â
âI fucking hate him!! I do!! He is the worst fucking human being!â Jeonghan wails into Joshuaâs shirt, clenching onto him for dear life. Joshua pets his hair while Seokmin pats his back.
âYou know you donât mean that, hyung. You love him way too much to get rid of him.â Seokmin says softly.Â
âNo, I mean it! He called me a stupid blond bitch! What kind of husband does that??â
âOne that hasnât got a brain to fathom with.â Mingyu says under his breath.Â
âY-Youâre right, Gyu...he doesnât have a brain at all...â Jeonghan sniffles. âI hope Hoonie beats him up.â
âSorry, hun, it looks like no beating occurred: Hoonie is coming back with clean fists.â Joshua says as he watches the shortest member stroll in.Â
âWe gave him a stern talking to, but I donât know if it worked or not. All he did was slide by us and went into his bedroom.âÂ
âThatâs what he typically does when he feels extra guilty...heâll mope in the bedroom and drink...drink until he canât feel anymore.â Jeonghan sobs more. âItâs like he loves alcohol more than m-me...â
âNow, we all know thatâs not true. Thatâs his poor coping mechanism. Itâll surely kill him in the future if no person will.â Soonyoung says. âListen, take all the time you need away from him. We see he hurt you real bad, and he doesnât deserve the light of day, is what I think youâre thinking about. Give it some thought and confront him without being too hostile. I know youâve given your opinion loud and clear, but you both need to be on level heads.â Without rebuttal, Jeonghan nods with a sniffle.Â
âOkay...â Seungkwan makes his appearance to the group with a very pouty look with Vernon slowly coming after.
âWhere have you two been?â Minghao asks.Â
âI...I came to apologize. To the baby.â Seungkwan mutters. Chan lowers his head, biting his lip. âIâm so sorry for yelling at you, Channie. I had no right to be angry at what you did. However, I do feel it wouldâve been necessary to tell me-â A jab to the ribs. âI-I mean, if thereâs anything that you really donât want to tell me, for my sanity, then...I respect it.â Out of the blue, Seungkwan gets a round of applause. He looks at his members in confusion.
âWow, I thought I would never see the day that Boo Seungkwan would actually apologize to our maknae!â Soonyoung joked.Â
âItâs too bad that he had to be chastised by Vernon to make any effort.â Seokmin shakes his head.
âShut the hell up, both of you!â Seungkwan huffs.Â
Seungcheol grumbles in the dark abyss of the bedroom, a bottle of bourbon steady in his hand. Half of the alcohol is already gone, and his inhibitions are well distorted. He sits on the corner of the bed, holding his head as it beats him up like a drum. He thinks to himself, âWhy canât I do a single thing right? Iâm a mafia boss, the toughest one at that, and yet, I am a complete fuck up. When will I ever learn?â He takes a swig of the bourbon, exhaling harshly at the rough taste. âI canât even treat my own fucking husband right...â Suddenly, a knock came at the door. Slurred, Seungcheol yelled out, âFuck off!â A very audible sigh was heard, and the door opened regardless of denial of entry. It was Mingyu.
âHyung...you look absolutely pitiful...â He starts. âCâmon, you need to stop drinking.â
âFucking leave me alone, Gyu...Iâm a piece of shit. I canât do anything right, and I never listen to anyone. What kind of leader am I?â
âA stupid one. But,â Mingyu comes close and sits with Seungcheol. âYouâve kept this group together for so long, we canât bear to lose you. Jeonghan hyung couldnât bear to lose you. Yes, youâve made some very dishonorable decisions recently, and frankly, weâre all displeased by it. The only satisfactory thing I can say is that we have one less enemy to worry about, even if he wasnât much of a threat to us to begin with. With that being said, we have to be extra aware of our surroundings more than ever. The moment Bangtan hears that their banished member is dead, theyâll be quick to assume we did it.â
âBut we did do it! I did it, and if they care so much, they wouldâve brought him back to the gang before all of this happened. Apparently, they didnât, so it shouldnât be their concern.â Seungcheol sighs heavily. Mingyu also sighs, frustrated.
âListen, hyung. You heard what Jin said before you shot him. Chan might be their next target, and who knows what unimaginable things theyâll do to him. They might even kill-â Mingyu gets his collar snatched.Â
âDonât you dare finish that fucking sentence. That will not happen, not on my watch. Iâll make sure of it.â He lets Mingyu go.Â
âWell...cut out some of the drinking and weâll see how sure youâll be then...â With that, Mingyu stands up and exits the bedroom.
âGet the hell out...â Seungcheol seethes while taking another gulp of the bourbon.Â
"DEAD? WHAT DO YOU MEAN DEAD??" Namjoon throws a walkie-talkie to the wall, pieces flying everywhere and the device in shambles. The other members look at the leader in silence. "I bet you it was those assholes, Seventeen. They must've done it."
"What makes you so sure that they did it?" Taehyung asks. "Maybe he just died of starvation."
"Or offed himself," Yoongi says, taking a long drag of a cigarette. "We kicked him to the curb for a reason. He fucked up on a mission and it cost one of our members. He probably deserved it."
"You're such an ass, hyung." Jungkook says quietly.
"What, are you defending him? He was the one that got Hobi killed, and now he paid the price by giving his life."
"Technically, it was the youngest member of Seventeen's group. What was his name...Chan?" Jimin says. "I could remember it clearly; a stray bullet to the back of his throat. We were all devastated."
"...Should we go after him instead of the entire group?" Taehyung looks at his fellow members.
"Are you an idiot? Why go after one person when we could get them all?" Yoongi snarls.
"Hyung, I'm just saying..."
Namjoon grits his teeth. "No...they all deserve hell. We'll just give their little maknae 'special treatment'. Yoongi, you'll like this idea the most."
"What makes you say that?" He takes another drag. Namjoon laughs, smirking.
The inspiration keeps flowing, and I want to stick with this until completion! I hope the last chapter was delightful cause it had a lot of angry tension, and our boss leader was having a rough time. Letâs get it.Â
Bold and italicized means text is in a different language.
Genre(s):Â Smut, Angst, Light Fluff, Hurt/Comfort
Word Count: 9.1k
Summary: The Shanghai and Beijing missions commence.Â
It was two days before the China crew had to go on their mission. Everything was relatively back to normal: Seungcheol didnât have any fights with his members or Jeonghan, and the rules and regulations that were set in place during the meeting were in session. However, there was still a disagreement over the 24-hour surveillance ordeal. Seungcheol needed more time than he thought to figure out how to keep the base safe at all hours. Seungkwan certainly wasnât going to stay up at odd hours just to look at some flimsy cameras knowing that their base is one of the more secluded ones in all of Korea. Only their most trusted allies and unfortunately Bangtan know about the baseâs location. Speaking of allies, Soonyoung and Jihoon video called Monsta X to check in on them some more.
âHey, hyungs! Howâs it going over there in China?â Soonyoung brightly said once he saw his longtime friends on the computer screen.Â
âWe wish we could leave,â Jooheon sighed. He is a bodyguard and is also in charge of heavy artillery in the group. âWeâve been stuck here for about, what, 2 weeks? The mission we have has been so difficult, even Shownu hyung has been troubled. He is very happy that you guys are coming to help us out.â
âOf course. Weâre always glad to assist. You guys have done so much for us, itâs the least we can do.â Jihoon smiles. Changkyun, the youngest member, one of the detectives and negotiators of Monsta X, slides beside Jooheon and eyes Soonyoung and Jihoon.Â
âWe miss you! We canât wait to see you guys!â He says happily. Jihoon chuckles.
âWell, unfortunately, Changkyun, not all of us will be on this mission. Youâll see Cheol and Jeonghan hyung, Jun hyung, Minghao, Seungkwan, and Chan. They were the chosen ones on this trip. We did have Wonwoo originally, but he wasnât feeling too well.â
âAww, thatâs too bad. I hope to see everyone very soon though.â Hyungwon, one of the tech members, comes in behind the two younger members.Â
âYou guys have no idea how hard Chinaâs security is, especially at the Museum of Glass. Iâm glad youâre bringing an extra tech person cause I canât deal with this anymore.â
âNo worries. Seungkwan is a major expert at hacking. He catches on so fast, it even surprises us!â Soonyoung laughs. Both Seventeen members can hear the laughter come from the Monsta X members.Â
âAh, it seems that Shownu hyung is summoning us for a quick meeting. Weâll talk more later on!â Hyungwon says, waving at the screen. They all say their goodbyes and end the call. Jihoon leans back into his chair, having a lingering grin on his face.Â
âMan, we need to talk to them more. Maybe, a dinner with them outside of work would be great.â Soonyoung rubs Jihoonâs shoulders and hums in agreement.Â
âYeah, wouldnât that be nice? If our schedules are in sync, it could happen.â Jihoon closes his eyes, enjoying the massage Soonyoung is giving him, but he frowns.
âNot even our schedules, our safety too...â Soonyoungâs expression saddens as well.
âAh, right...â
âHow does it feel going on a whole mission together without me, Seungkwannie?â Vernon asks, sprawled across the king-sized bed scrolling through his phone while Seungkwan is on the other side packing his suitcase and technology. Chan was sitting near one of their work desks, looking up authentic Chinese cuisine restaurants they could possibly sneak into.Â
âItâs devastating!â Seungkwan exclaims, holding his hand to his heart. âI already went a couple of days without my Nonie, and now I have to go even LONGER. Itâs very tragic...â Chan turns around in the desk chair and gives the most pitiful pout the boy could ever create.
âBut...Iâll be there with you...â Seungkwan looks at him in sudden realization that he made a mistake.Â
âWhy, yes! Of course, Channie, youâll be there by my side! I havenât forgotten, really!â Chanâs pout deepens, going back to his computer without replying.
âAww, look what youâve done, Seungkwan! Youâve made our baby sad. How could you?â Vernon scolded, immediately walking towards Chan and holding him close. He gives him a smooch on his head. âThere, there. Meanie Seungkwan didnât mean to hurt your feelings. I think he really did forget you were coming along. Youâll be there to protect him, and heâll love you tons for it. Iâm sure heâll show you his gratitude,â He turns to Seungkwan with an intense look. âRight?âÂ
âY-Yes I will! Iâll give you all the kisses in the world. You know how much I love you, Lee Chan? A whole lot~â Seungkwan tried to butter up the youngest boyfriend, and it seemed to work. Vernon couldnât help but giggle, but Chanâs pout slowly lifted.Â
âAs long as Seungkwannie hyung gives me kisses, Iâll do my very best.â Chan mutters.
âThatâs what we like to hear! Now, you need to start packing. You only have two days left! I also need to prepare for this lonely stay at the base. I get to watch Shua hyung and Seokmin hyung possibly kiss for a bit...and also hear the other duos as well...yeah, this is going to suck.âÂ
Seungcheol and Jeonghan were in Seungcheolâs office, discussing over what to ask the alleged Bangtan member if captured. Jeonghan squirmed in Seungcheolâs lap, uneasy at the thought of even meeting this man in person. Seungcheol noticed Jeonghanâs discomfort and questioned it.
âIs everything alright, angel?â Jeonghan looked startled, but he shook his head.
âIâm so...nervous, Cheol. So scared to confront this guy. What if he tries to attack us?â
âI wonât let that happen, Iâm sure of it.â Seungcheol said sternly. âHe wonât see the light of day when we cross paths.â Jeonghan relaxes, extremely proud (and somewhat concerned) of Seungcheolâs confidence.Â
âMmm...should we ask him why he isnât with the rest of his group? Why did they never bother to come look for him?âÂ
âCould be a possibility. Doesnât hurt to ask that.â Seungcheol writes that thought down on his notepad. âAnything else?â Jeonghan ponders a little harder.
â...How come they want to steal all our findings and not anyone elseâs?â
âSorry, Hannie, but thatâs a pretty obvious question: weâre #1 in the mafia world. Of course they want what we have because itâs less tedious for them.âÂ
âWell, why donât we just...give it to them?â Seungcheol made a disapproving noise.Â
âThatâs not possible. They want us dead too. They want both recognition and wealth. Plus, we would be nothing without it.â Jeonghan sighs and frowns.
âThis is irritating. I canât come up with any negotiating ideas right now. I guess Iâll have to see the fucker and let my imagination run wild in the heat of the moment.â Seungcheol rubs Jeonghanâs lower back and gives him a sympathetic half-grin.
âSomething will pop in that smart brain of yours. I know it will.â
Mingyu was in the master kitchen cooking a meal for the team. He wanted to use some of the Himalayan salt his crew found in Nepal since everyone was either curious to try it or craving the flavor of it. He had some of the members who werenât going on the China trip clean the salt as he prepared side dishes and the main course. Seokmin and Joshua ended up helping beside Mingyu with cleaning dishes and setting ingredients aside. As Mingyu was stirring some noodles, Seokmin walked up to him side-by-side, fiddling his thumbs like he was nervous to ask Mingyu a question. He looked at the taller man and averted eye contact once Mingyu noticed his staring.Â
âWhatâs wrong, hyung? You look like youâre scared of me or something.â Mingyu joked. Seokmin lets out an airy laugh.
âSee, thatâs the thing. I am scared, but not of you obviously. I just...want to tell you something, and only you.â Mingyu raises an eyebrow in curiosity.Â
âOh? Should we go to a different area?âÂ
âI think we should.â Mingyu tells Joshua to keep stirring the noodles and drain them when theyâre done. He and Seokmin head around the corner in the hallway where a few of the bedrooms and offices were. Seokmin inhaled and exhaled slowly, attempting to collect his thoughts.Â
âSo...I, uh, had a really bad nightmare recently,â He starts off. Mingyu interrupts him.
âOkay? Does it involve me in any way...?âÂ
âNo, no, it doesnât, but I fear it may be one of us in the future. Y-You see, since Bangtan attacked our base, I have been feeling very anxious, like anything could come out and get us. During the morning of the meeting we had, I woke up screaming, alerting Shua hyung. The dream...was more intense than I thought. I...dreamt about Shua getting killed...by them. Th-There was blood everywhere...H-His body was mangled, a-and they were...laughing about it. They killed him right in fr-front of me! I was helpless, useless even. I didnât know what to do...I-I remember crying so hard that m-my vision went blurry, and then all of a sudden, a body came towards me and I felt something sharp in my throat. Th-That was the moment I woke up. It was too much...â Seokmin was wiping his tears away while he told his story. He continued to cry as he recalled that dream that has been haunting him. Mingyu slowly brought Seokmin into a hug and held him.Â
âWow...I-Iâm so sorry that happened, hyung. That surely does sound horrific. If that happened to Wonwoo hyung, I wouldâve gone ballistic. Iâm sure all of us would. You didnât tell Shua hyung this, did you?â Seokmin shakes his head.Â
âI feel like you should. He may be worried about how youâre feeling, especially since the meeting day. Itâs a weird way of saying it, but it goes to show how much you care for him, how much you want to protect him and keep him safe.â
âB-But, not only him; Iâm scared itâll h-happen to any of us...I donât want that, Gyu...âÂ
âNeither do I. I think itâs best to work on your skills for safety reasons and talk it out with Shua hyu-â
âHey, is everything alright?â Joshua comes around the corner drying his hands with a towel. Seokmin rubs his face into Mingyuâs chest to dry his tears faster and breaks the embrace.
âOh, y-yeah, everythingâs cool! I had to talk to Mingyu about something, a-and it got a little emotional.â Mingyu simply nods in agreement.Â
âOh, okay! I hope it wasnât too emotional. I would hate to see my baby with red eyes. Also, Gyu, the noodles are done. Everything just needs to be set in place.â Mingyu gives a thumbs up and Joshua makes his way back to the kitchen. Mingyu looks down at Seokmin whose face saddens again.
âHyung, trust me...Youâll feel better when you discuss this. Heâll understand, and heâll make sure to prevent it at all cost. Alright?â He places a hand on Seokminâs shoulder and squeezes. Seokmin nods curtly, wanting to break this ice as soon as possible.
A day flies by, and soon enough, it was finally the day to leave for the mission. A few of the members were on edge. The crew were settled in the main area of the base with their suitcases and gear. Seungcheol and Jeonghan were chatting with Jihoon and Soonyoung about updates and keeping in contact. Minghao and Jun were with Mingyu and Wonwoo, enthusiastically discussing scenic spots to find, take pictures of, and send to the group chat. Finally, there was Seungkwan and Chan with Vernon, Joshua, and Seokmin; the maknae and the Americans trying to calm the two distraught members. Anything could go terribly wrong, but the comforters had confidence that everything will be just fine.Â
âI really donât want to see that member in hiding...it sounds so scary to me.â Seungkwan says, gripping Chanâs arm.Â
âYeah, I donât blame you,â Seokmin agrees. âI would choke up and run away.â
âHyungs~ Itâll be okay. I will be there at all times, Kwannie hyung, and Coups hyung and Jeonghan hyung will handle the dirty work.â Chan reassures.Â
âThatâs right. Weâre a strong team that will conquer any problem, big or small.â Vernon says.Â
âGlad you guys are part of this team.â Seungkwan smiles warmly, everyone sharing it equally. After a plentiful amount of banter, it was time to depart. This was more heartfelt, knowing that someone was losing a life on this mission, and hopefully, itâs not one of the members. Their private black van appears outside, and the crew filed out to it, waving a final goodbye to the ones staying. Just like the Nepal trip, theyâre lead to a private jet. The trip lasts only two hours, 10 minutes; enough time to go over plans again but not enough to be fully mentally prepared. Seungkwan was still on nerves end, but Jeonghan joins him, shaking his leg rapidly. Seungcheol rubs his husbandâs back, well aware of the anxieties that comes with confronting their worst enemy. Once the plane landed, another vehicle awaited their arrival. This one drove them to their private houses. Yes, each couple had their own house they rented out for their stay. A wise choice? Maybe not. They didnât think that far. However, they were all in close proximity, so maybe they did think a little bit.Â
It was the first night in China, and Jun and Minghao already had plans set before their mission tomorrow. The other pairs were planning to be out and about looking for some street food to devour. They wouldnât be back home until early morning, so the Chinese members politely declined the invite and wished them a delightful time exploring.
âBaobei, look what I brought with me!â Minghao said brightly as he pulled out a long bottle of Chinese wine from his suitcase. He danced around with it, thrilled to open and share with his beloved assassin.
âOh wow, Hao~ You happened to steal a very expensive brand. Iâm proud of you.â Jun grinned from ear to ear.
âWho says I stole it?â Minghao says before giving Jun a mischievous look. He placed the wine on a small, circular table with two thin wine flutes. There was also fruit in a pretty red glass bowl next to them filled with strawberries, grapes, and other berries. Jun lit some candles in the room that smelled like vanilla and rose. He also dimmed the lights and turned on some soothing jazz on his phone. âGroovy.â He says to himself, earning a hysterical laugh from across the room.
âYouâre something else. Iâm going to take a shower first, and after that, I have a little surprise for you.â Minghao grabbed a red robe with a golden sash and another article of clothing that wasnât seen by Jun just yet. Jun nodded in response, bringing the small table closer to the bed and sitting near it. He eats a couple pieces of fruit as he waited on Minghao. He also filled the glasses with the wine.
When Minghao returned, he stood by the bathroom door wearing the red robe. He eyed Jun with a seductive smile and strutted over once he was beckoned. He sat hip to hip against Jun, stroking his arm and eventually placing a small kiss on his cheek. Jun handed him a glass and they cheered with them, sipping the wine. Jun fed Minghao a strawberry while Minghao fed Jun a blackberry. The bowl was already halfway empty due to Jun unconsciously eating while Minghao was away. Once it was fully empty and there was a couple more tastes of the wine, Minghao stood up and started to unravel his robe.
âAre you ready for your surprise?â Minghao asked. Jun nods, and when he does, Minghao drops the robe, shyly showing off some thin and delicate panties he was wearing. He rarely wears lingerie around Jun, but this was a very special occasion, and he couldnât past this opportunity up. They were, of course, ruby red with black lace embroidered in it. He turned around so Jun could see his back side, and it does the trick cause even though Minghaoâs ass is rather flat, the panties heighted it well. Jun couldnât keep his eyes off his lanky husband, as if he was falling in love all over again.
âYouâre...Youâre absolutely stunning, Hao Hao.â Jun said breathlessly, making Minghaoâs face tinge with red. He pulls the younger man down with him, bringing him in for a slow, seducing kiss that made them both more drunk than the wine did. Minghao lets out small moans to rile Jun up a little more, hoping he would take the hint.
âAre you feeling a little needy, my love? How are you wanting it tonight?â
âYou know how I like it...Do I have to spell it out?â
âYes.â Jun says flatly in a teasing tone. Minghao hits his chest.
âJust...mm, just make love to me, okay?â He hides his face, but Jun uncovers it, placing a kiss on his round nose.
âI can do that for you, sweetie.â Jun roams his hands over Minghaoâs body, nipping at his neck and collarbones. Minghao fidgets under him, making tiny whimpers every time heâs bitten. Jun reaches up to swallow those noises, creating more when he plays with Minghaoâs sensitive nubs, tweaking and pulling them at different intensities. They react instantly and so does their owner. He becomes more pliant and less tense, letting his body succumb to Junâs ministrations. Junâs hands travel south to palm Minghaoâs ass and the side of his thighs. He gives his thigh a swift smack, fondling the slight plumpness that it has. He could hear Minghao whisper, âAgainâ against his lips. Jun obliges, spanking the side of his thigh and ass a couple more times. He could feel Minghao straining the front of his panties, seeing a small wet patch form at the very top.
âOh, that mustâve did it. My baby is feeling extremely needy now.â He teases once more. âDo you want it?â Minghao gives him a glare, not wanting to state the obvious.
âJunhui. Please.â
âOkay, okay,â he chuckles. âAt least you said please.â He pulls Minghaoâs panties off and opens his legs wide, exposing him fully. Minghao flushes all over from top to bottom. He tries to cover up but to no prevail.
âWhy are you trying to hide from me? Do you know how beautiful you are, inside and out? Everyone would want to see what youâre sporting, but youâre for my eyes only.â Jun presses smoldering kisses on every inch of Minghaoâs body all the way down to his ankles, expressing how much he adores the assassinâs appearance. He traces a long finger around the base of Minghaoâs cock, watching the muscle twitch and produce a bead of precum that slithered down a vein. He loved the control he had over his loverâs body, no matter what part of him he touched.
âHurry, hurry, Junnie...â Minghao begged. Jun grasps Minghaoâs cock, giving him some temporary relief before making the effort to prep him in quick time. With one hand, he grabs some lube he placed on the bed when Minghao was away, automatically squeezing some on himself and Minghaoâs hole. The substance was a little chilly, making the puckered entrance flutter. Jun swipes two fingers on it and proceeds to push in. Minghao whines and grinds on the digits with vigor, focusing on his own pleasure.
âYouâre so adorable, baby. Does it feel good? Having you full with my fingers?â Jun smirks at him, flashing him a cheeky smile.
âIt...It would be better if s-something else was inside me...â Minghao whispered. As Jun fingered Hao, he teased him by stroking his own cock and emitting low groans. The younger assassin watched eagerly and intensely, biting his lip.
âJunhui, please, I want you so bad...I need you.â Jun replaces his fingers with his cock immediately, not giving Minghao any warning. It was comical seeing Minghaoâs face changing from submissive and needy to overly shocked and stimulated. His back arched beautifully and his muscles tensed. He keened at the intrusion with a squeaky high-pitched yet choked moan. Jun watched his baby contort in all sorts of wonderful ways, reaching up to his cheek and calming him through his adjustment.
âAre you okay, my love? May I move now?â Minghaoâs eyes were glossy, but he still shook his head saying yes. Jun rolled his hips at first, definitely feel the stretch around Minghaoâs rim. He was long enough to hit his prostate, but he knew Minghao wanted to take it slow unless he said otherwise. Each thrust was as passionate as his compliments towards Hao.
âYou take me so well, sweetie. So gorgeous and full of me, finally. Youâve missed this, havenât you?â Minghao was swayed by how careful and caring Jun was, even though he already knew that from day one. He blinks a couple of stray tears away and just stared at Jun while he talked to him, listening to his words. He would let out cute noises here and there, telling Jun how amazing it felt after so long. Theyâre one of the couples who rarely have sexually intimate moments like these. They were never into sloppy blowjobs or extremely kinky play; they would rather take their time, explore each otherâs bodies and embrace the pleasure both of them can provide. Itâs a healing that comes once in a blue moon.
âJunnie...mm, I love this a lot. Please g-go a little faster.â Minghao asked in a semi-strained voice. Jun picks up his pace, creating minor skin-on-skin action. The faster he went, the more he attacked Minghaoâs special spot. Minghao was practically whining, gripping any part of Junâs body and flexing his hole on Junâs cock. Jun gritted his teeth from feeling the pressure, making him want to go harder.
âBaby, can I...can I...â
âYes, yes, you can. Do it, please.â Jun cradled Minghaoâs head, letting him rest his chin on his shoulder. Minghao braced for impact a tad too late before he ended up hollering out in the open. He was never the loud type, but sex like this made a huge difference in his vocals. It was all music to Junâs ears: every cry, every spill of his name, every grunt and pant the younger one would produce was an entire symphony he directed.
âYouâre so good, baby Hao. I love you so much,â Jun whispered in his ear. âCan you cum for me?â Minghao nodded, letting Jun fuck him for a while longer. It was creeping up on him at full speed, barely enough time to register when his climax would happen. When Jun snaked in between their bodies and gave Minghao a couple of strokes, it was just enough for Minghao to release on both of their lower abdomens. He cried on Junâs shoulder, shivering from the intense orgasm. Jun followed a few seconds after, cumming a little inside and on Minghaoâs inner thigh. They both took a breather, feeling warm and fuzzy. Jun continued to cradle Minghao until he fully regained composure, lightly pressing kisses to his temple. After a few moments, Minghao calmed down and went in for a quick kiss before expressing his love once again.
âI love you, Wen Junhui. Forever and always.â
Morning had broke, and it was D-day for the Shanghai mission with Monsta X. Since this mission was during the night, it was essential to get with the other group as soon as possible, making sure every single member was accounted for. It was possible for only a few members to go just like in Seventeenâs situation, but the whole group decided to tag along. They all meet up after a quick breakfast that the younger members threw down their throats due to a rush to get dressed. After small exchanges of rekindling and light conversation, Monsta X invited Seventeen to their private China-based quarters which was a lot smaller than their base back in Korea.Â
In this tough seven man gang, Shownu, Jooheon, and a fellow associate of the group, Hoseok, are the main bodyguards, and they deal with the heavy machinery and weapons. Minhyuk and Hyungwon are the tech savvy people; they get to work together with Seungkwan. Minhyuk also works as a negotiator and Hyungwon as a detective and treasurer. Kihyun is the only assassin in Monsta X. Heâll be working with Jun and Minghao, protecting them. Finally, there is Changkyun, a detective and a negotiator.Â
âShall we get down to business?â Shownu proceeds with the plans. Everyone hums and nods. âGreat. So, Iâm sure our Seventeen brothers are aware of why we brought you all the way here to China, correct? We are in need of assistance in stealing a couple items from the Museum of Glass which is here in Shanghai. What we didnât tell you is that due to lack of missions and a predicament on the sidelines, we have fallen in a minor debt.âÂ
âOh, Soonyoung did mention that in our meeting.â Jeonghan says.
âHe did? Well...I donât know how he knew we were indebted to someone, but...anyway, I wonât go into major detail. These money hounds love expensive materialistic items, and fancy glass was one thing we all agreed upon. Worthy, showy, and delicate. We havenât had the slightest clue how much we should steal, but we figured we could put as much as we can in our duffle bags and backpacks. Rest assured, both are padded, so none of the items will break. As for how the plan will take place, youâve probably already heard that as well during the meeting.â
âAh, but...I have not.â Seungcheol speaks up. They forgot; he stormed out before he could even get to discuss the mission.
âThatâs...a little strange. Youâre the leader, arenât you supposed to address everything to your members?âÂ
âLetâs not talk about that, please? There was tension at the time, itâs still a bit fresh.â Seungkwan utters. Shownu curtly nods.
âRight. So, let me reiterate for Seungcheol here: our tech team and Seungkwan will locate the most expensive items of glass, the number of guards and their locations. They will hack into the security cameras and watch a close eye on our assassins. The assassins will sneak through the back and knock out any guards that may cause a fuss. If one attacks, itâs unfortunate, but we have to take them out. Then, they will go through the museum and steal the desired items. The bodyguards and detectives will help with carrying the goods and making sure everyone gets out safely. How does that sound, Seungcheol?â Seungcheol gives a thumbs up. âEveryone else?â They all collectively nod.Â
âHow about the Beijing ordeal? Should we discuss that as well?â Hyungwon adds.Â
âMm, Iâd say we wait. We should focus on just one task for now. I believe the Beijing project will be more personal and will get everyone heated up, therefore, letâs hold that off until tomorrow. Do we have any more questions or concerns?â No one responds. With that, Shownu concludes the meeting.
âIâm sorry that you guys ended up in debt somehow. Who do you have to deal with?â Chan asks out of the blue.Â
âItâs an older gang that are filthy rich and somewhat crooked. We donât associate with them often, but when we do, itâs usually never good.â Changkyun explains. âTheyâre about as wealthy as you guys, however, they have a lot of bankruptcies, causing them to lose some of their wealth. Some have been jailed and broke out too. Thereâs only four of them now, but their name is Big Bang. You guys have heard of them, right?âÂ
âYes, that name comes up here and there with other allies of ours,â Jeonghan recalls. âWhen we went to France one time to help, Cheollie interacted with their leader, Jiyong. He was always envious of Cheol about how successful he is in the mafia universe and how he always seems to be victorious in his missions. His group is so small, he canât afford to do his own missions. Deals and negotiations with them are constantly broken. Iâm surprised theyâre not in debt themselves. Why are you indebted to them?âÂ
âItâs a reaaally long story, but we were interfering with them one time, and it cost them heavy to repair our damages, and this is the only way we could think of compromising.â Hyungwon says with a regretful look. Jeonghan nods slowly, listening to his fellow negotiator.Â
âTragic. But, donât worry, you know weâre here to help you guys. Make sure you donât run into them again.â Seungcheol says. All the Monsta X members eventually grinned slightly and nodded.Â
âIâm so ready to steal some shit!â Chan abruptly yells, causing a burst of laughter to fill the room.Â
Night struck, and the Museum of Glass was closed for the day. There were a few stragglers leaving the building as the museum locked their doors. Guards took their positions, waving their brightly lit flashlights around each corner. The two teams were perched on a nearby building that peered straight down at the museum. The techies opened up their laptops and synched with the museumâs system, getting a clear view of every camera.Â
âIt looks like thereâs four guards on the left and right sides, two in the front, and three in the back. Thirteen in total,â Seungkwan says. âAlso, I see some handguns on some of them. I would be careful about that.âÂ
âAs for the items, all I see are a bunch of vases, statues with costumes, and odd shaped sculptures. The statues would cost more but would be an extreme hassle to steal. The vases, sculptures and other small displays will have to do.â Hyungwon says.Â
âIs there a certain amount we have to steal?â Chan asks.
âJust enough to fill our bags, thatâs all. The ones that are a good price and a good size.â Changkyun answers.Â
âIs it a decent time to head in yet? Iâm prepared to knock some dumb guards on their asses.â Kihyun says with almost a sadistic grin.Â
âWow, you must be a really evil assassin if youâre saying things like that.â Minghao states in an almost worried tone.Â
âWhat can I say? I love what I do.â
âItâs midnight. Iâd say we head in now.â Shownu says, everyone except for the tech team following his lead. They carefully jump off the building, some rolling to safety and others landing straight on their feet. Minghao, Jun, and Kihyun spot the three guards huddled together.Â
âLetâs each take one down.â Jun says, the other assassins agreeing. On his cue, the assassins swiftly maneuver to their desired guard, punching them in the pressure point on their necks, instantly making them unconscious. Hoseok, Jooheon, and Shownu drags them outside, placing them near a dumpster. Luckily, the other guards donât hear any commotion. Seungkwan speaks over the membersâ earpieces.
âThe coast is clear. I suggest grabbing a couple of items that are in the back of the museum for starters, then make your way up to the front.â Changkyun and Jeonghan snatch several small pieces that could easily fit in their pockets. Seungcheol got a bigger piece that was worth a good $1,500, and Hoseok and Jooheon got pieces worth $5,000.Â
âItâs a good start, but certainly not enough,â Shownu whispers. âWe need to make it to the front. Thatâs where the items are worth millions.â The assassins already left the thieving members in the dirt, clearing out the building for them. Jun and Minghao did their couple moves on the guards on the left side while Kihyun handled the guards on the right. The Chinese members were fine getting rid of their guards, but Kihyun struggled. After he took one out, two guards were manhandling him in an attempt to apprehend him. The third guard was beating on him with a stick, causing his face to get mildly bruised. Jun and Minghao noticed his struggle and rushed to his side, taking the guards that had him out of their grasp.Â
âAre you okay, hyung?â Minghao asked.Â
âYeah...but, Iâm not done with him...â Kihyun was hungry for revenge, charging at the guard that was beating him and accidently killed him, snapping his neck.Â
âH-Hyung! That wasnât in the plan!â Minghao silent yelled. Kihyun turned around and laughed like a maniac.
âItâs what he deserved for toying with me. He paid the price. Besides, Shownu hyung said if they attack, we gotta kill. Youâll understand once your beloved is in danger.âÂ
âBut-â
âLet it go, Hao. Heâs right, you know. You wouldnât want the one hurting me to live, would you?â Minghao looked at Jun with wide eyes, wondering why he would take the sadistic assassinâs side. Yes, it was his job to âkillâ, but it still didnât feel right. He doesnât feel any pleasure killing people like Kihyun does. It wasnât in his nature. It was only part of the job.
âCâmon, we need to clear the way for the others.â Jun says while dragging Minghao out of his conflicting thoughts. The rest of the gang made it to the middle, seeing the knocked out guards and the dead one on the sidelines.Â
âAh...Kihyun went overboard again.â Shownu mutters to himself.
âIâll take this one out back.â Hoseok says, grabbing the dead guard and putting him somewhere more secretive. The rest get busy: Chan finds a vase worth $10,000, Jeonghan finds one thatâs $20,000, and Changkyun and Seungcheol each get $50,000 vases.Â
âGood, you guys are finding the more expensive ones,â Hyungwon praises. âNow, the final stage is the front. Even though there are only two guards up there, they are armed and they look tough to beat. Minghao, Jun, and Kihyun hyung, I donât know how well you guys can handle bigger enemies, but I suggest teaming up on these two. If you guys canât get them, have Seungcheol hyung, Hoseok hyung, Shownu hyung, or Jooheon to help out.âÂ
âCopy that.â Jun responds. He leads the group, easily spotting the two large guards. They were hefty, upper build topping over a medium-sized lower half, and they looked rather mean. One was tatted and the other was bald. Stealthily, Jun crawled behind one of the guards and Minghao did the same to the other. However, the guards sensed their presence and elbowed them far, their backs hitting the displays hard. It took the breath out of Minghao and made Jun wince. Kihyun cursed under his breath.
âSo, it looks like we have a couple of dumb fucks in our area.â The bald guard commented, making the other one laugh.Â
âThey look like they are our kind. Hey, what the fuck are you scrawny assholes doing here?â The tatted guard grabbed Minghao by his hair, spitting insults in his face. He cringed at the pain, trying not to whimper. Jun saw his lover and immediately felt rage overcome him.Â
âLet him go! Now!â He yelled. The tatted guard peered over at Jun and smirked.
âOh, so you are one of us! Doesnât mean I wonât hurt you as bad.â He threw Minghao to the side, making him hit a podium and cry out in agony. Once Jun saw that, with all his might, he pounced at the tatted guard, bringing his towering form to the ground in one sweep. The bald guard tried to go for Minghao to finish him off, but Kihyun was quick enough to punch him in the gut and bring him down.Â
âSeungcheol hyung, get Minghao hyung out of there.â Seungkwan commanded, but Minghao intervened.Â
âN-No, I can fight. I can-â Minghao slipped trying to get up on his knees. He could hardly breathe. His whole backside was screaming in pain, and he felt dizzy.
âNo, you need to get out of there. They threw you around too much. Hyung, get him out now.â Seungcheol picked Minghao up and took him back to where Seungkwan and Hyungwon was. Kihyun was still fighting the bald guard, and Jun was giving the tatted guard all he got. The man was bloodied in the face, taking Junâs merciless punches. He eventually tossed him off, kicking him in the process.Â
âIâve had enough of this shit!â The guard bellowed, pulling out his gun. The other members panicked, wanting to step in immediately. Chan was about to, but Jeonghan tugged his arm.Â
âChannie, no, you will not go out there!â
âHyung, Jun hyung is in trouble! They both are! We need to help!â Jeonghan gives him a stern warning look.Â
âSo help me, if you go out there and get yourself killed, we will all regret it!â Chan took a moment to realize the reality and didnât fight Jeonghanâs words.Â
âShownu hyung, Hoseok hyung, Jooheon, go help them!â Hyungwon ordered. Shownu and Hoseok went for the tatted guard to stop him from shooting Jun. He was about to pull the trigger but dropped his gun once he was tackled. Jooheon punched the bald guard and helped Kihyun on his feet.Â
âOh, these fuckers HAVE to die now! Say your prayers!â Kihyun hollers, taking one of his hidden pocket knives and stabbing the guard in his knee. Jooheon held him down and elbowed his nose, breaking it fully.Â
âACK. Please, please spare me! I wonât say a word, I promise!â The guard begged. Kihyun cackled in his face, stabbing him in the stomach next.
âYour useless words mean nothing to me! You shouldnât have fucked up! Now you can say hi to your ancestors for me.â Kihyun made the final move and slit the guardâs throat cleanly, his last breaths choked up with his own blood. It slid down his thick neck, painting it dark red. Kihyunâs hands were messy and reeked of iron. He looked like a whole living murder scene.Â
âOhhh, I love my job~â He sings, cleaning his hands off on the guardâs lifeless body. Jooheon just stares in slight horror and disgust. Shownu and Hoseok scrambled to keep the tatted guard on the ground while Jun went for his gun. Once it was in his hands, he aimed it at the guard but hesitated. His hands immediately started to shake.
âWhat are you waiting for? Take the shot!â Shownu yells. Jun was still stiff, remembering what happened to Minghao. All scenarios went through his head in a flash. Why wasnât he killing the guard that hurt his mate? Whatâs holding him back? Was it because of what he said to Minghao?
You wouldnât want the one hurting me to live, would you?
The guard hurt Minghao. He shouldnât live. He has to pay. Jun closed his eyes and shot at the guard, hitting him right in his head. The brain matter splattered on Shownu and Hoseok which left them in utter shock. The gunshot rang in everyoneâs heads, stunning them for a few seconds. Jun dropped the gun, realizing what he had done. He couldnât bare to see the sight and ran to the rooftop to see Minghao. Everyone was at a standstill, no movement or sound. It was an eerie quiet that the members werenât used to. Seungkwan had to interrupt to keep the mission afloat.Â
âIs everyone okay? I hate to rush things, but we have to move fast. We could be caught at any moment, so we donât have much time. Grab what you can and leave.â Their brains went back on mission mode and they got rid of their evidence and got what items they could. The detectives snubbed several million dollar sculptures and the eldest members get the most expensive piece that was in the center of the museum. It was a glass castle sculpture worth ten million. It would surely cover their debt in a single sweep. They all hurried out the building and met up with the remaining members.
âGood work, everybody. Glad to see you guys in tact.â Hyungwon says as he closed his laptop. Jeonghan and Chan huddled around Jun and Seungcheol who was monitoring Minghao.
âI-Is hyung okay? He took quite a beating in there...â Chan bit his lip in worry. Jun shot a glare, offended by Chanâs phrasing.
âDonât mention it.â He grumbles deeply. Chan stumbles back fearfully.Â
âLetâs just leave them alone, Channie. Itâs for the best.â Jeonghan ushers Chan with the other members climbing off the perched building.Â
âHeâs doing okay, right, Seungcheol hyung?â Jun pats Minghaoâs chest, still feeling his heartbeat, but itâs slow.Â
âHeâs fine, he just needs to rest. The second blow got to him really badly. Iâm hoping he doesnât have anything broken.âÂ
âHe was breathing hard the second time he got thrown around.âÂ
â...Then itâs possible somethingâs wrong internally. When you two return to your private house, Iâll have one of our nurses check him out. Iâm afraid you two will have to sit out on the Beijing mission.â Jun lurched up to protest.
âNo, w-we canât! We have to be with you guys! This trip means a whole lot to us. Just...staying in the house while everyone ventures out...we would feel useless.â Seungcheol gives a sympathetic expression.Â
âI know how you feel, Junhui. We just canât risk Minghao getting hurt anymore.â
âWell...if heâs feeling better, could we come along?â Seungcheol sighs heavily.
âWeâll see.â
It was the morning of the Beijing mission, and it started off with Seungcheol calling Shownu to tell him the whereabouts of the lost Bangtan member. Jeonghan was still under the covers, dead to the world.
âSo, when was the last time you saw this degenerate?â Seungcheol asks. A chuckle could be heard over the phone.
âWell, itâs been some time, Iâd say a week.â Shownu starts. âHe looked rather lost, like he needed to find a home. I could tell he was a Bangtan member because during one of our missions a long time ago, I remember his face when he was with the group. He was much younger at the time, but I can still recognize him. As of now, heâs disheveled and run down. As of where we saw him, it was the outskirts of town, near a mountain. He had a couple of items with him, like a backpack, a blanket, and a jacket. Itâs possible that he may have a weapon, so letâs take no risks.â Seungcheol hums once Shownu finishes.
âSo...do you know what our best approach is, hyung?â
âOnce we see him, we have to sneak up on him. Heâll immediately recognize all of us if we try to act like a decoy. Weâll have our negotiators interrogate him, and if necessary, kill him.â
âIf necessary? Oh, I believe itâs necessary. We canât have him roaming around like this.â Shownu exhales, knowing how stubborn Seungcheol could get.
âCheol, I know how much you despise Bangtan, and I have as much resentment towards them as you do, but-âÂ
âBut what, hyung? What reason is there to keep him alive? So the next time your group goes on a mission here, heâll just randomly pop up and kill one of your members for revenge? Or for shits and giggles? I wonât let that happen. Once we get our information, heâs taking his last breath in those mountains.â Shownu couldnât argue with him any longer and accepts his defeat.Â
â...Alright. All I ask is that you stick to the original plan as best as you can. Could you at least do that?â He sounded exasperated.
âI can.â Seungcheol simply says. With that, they both end the call. Jeonghan finally wakes up, slithering out the bed and stumbling towards Seungcheol to stand behind him. He rubs his eyes slowly and yawns with his mouth wide open.
âWas that Shownu hyung...?â He asks, voice scratchy. Seungcheol nods.
âIt sure was. It looks like weâre heading to the mountains today.â Jeonghan whines.
âCheollie, that sounds so tedious...weâre going to be so tired at the end of this mission.â
âWell, suck it up, buttercup. You have a very important role to do, and we all need you to be alert and level-headed. If you do well, Iâll treat you to a very special night when we get back home.â Jeonghan disregarded his sweet talk at the end and gave Seungcheol a dirty look. He rolled his eyes and stomped to the bathroom, hoping that a blistering hot shower would wake him up.
Jun was laying beside Minghao who was propped up by a couple of pillows. He stroked his long locks out of his eyes, seeing his precious loverâs face sadden.
âWhatâs wrong, baby?â He asks Minghao, sharing the same expression.
âI canât believe I bruised a rib on the most important mission of our lives. I really wanted to go with you guys on this specific mission especially. I guess I canât be too greedy cause I did go on the Shanghai mission...âÂ
âOh, baobei, you probably could still come with us.â Minghao gave Jun a stern look.
âJunnie, you heard the nurse. I canât go on missions for up to six weeks, at minimum three. Iâm practically dead weight. You just have to go without me.â Jun couldnât bear leaving Minghao behind just to find their groupâs enemyâs forgotten member.Â
âListen, I will never leave you alone for a second. If anything, you will come along and be in the van, just not up in the mountains. You have to come with, Hao. I wonât go if you donât.â Minghao shook his head. Junhui had to go, it was required to have an assassin on deck. But, there was no point in arguing if he was that persistent.Â
âSigh...Iâll go. But, please back me up when Seungcheol hyung, Jeonghan hyung, or Seungkwan start to complain and worry.â Jun gives a smile and nods.Â
âYou have my word, sweetheart.â
It was exactly 3pm. Everyoneâs nerves were tense, bodies stiff, and minds running. Minghao volunteered to drive since heâs unable to climb with the rest of the crew. Once they got to the alleged spot, Monsta Xâs van was already there, waiting for the arrival. A few were standing outside, seriously looking like heavily armed bodyguards. Everyone trotted outside while Jun lingered back to calm Minghaoâs own nerves and to give him a kiss. When everybody gathered around, Shownu said some final words to get everyoneâs minds in gear.Â
âOkay, guys. The time has come. I want each and every one of you to be on guard no matter what. Weâre dealing with a very deranged individual here, and any mishaps could have severe consequences. Our negotiators are the only ones who should be asking questions while our bodyguards and assassins should only be the ones protecting us and keeping our enemy detained. Does everybody understand?â He sees heads nod but Seungcheol stays still.
âSeungcheol?â He looks up and gives a short nod, not wanting to agree to the strict conditions. âItâs settled now.â They all travel up the mountains with the bodyguards leading, followed by the assassins, the negotiators, and the techies. They didnât have to travel far because off in the distance, Shownu spots a person hunched over in a crevice with a gray blanket over them. Thereâs a backpack near them thatâs unzipped. It had to be the Bangtan member. He ushers the team to stop.Â
âHeâs over there.â He whispers while pointing at the crouched form. The guys stop breathing for what seems like forever.
âWhat should we do? Approach slowly or rush?â Jooheon comes up to his leader and asks.Â
âIf we rush, heâll definitely hear our footsteps and run away, so we have to go slow.â Hoseok answers for Shownu. Shownu agrees. With that, the group take their sweet time and sneak close enough that theyâre able to see him clearly. The Bangtan member was shaking, almost as if he was...laughing? What the hell...When Shownu was about to grab him, the member turned around and swung at him with a knife. It grazed his arm, deeper than expected. Hoseok and Jooheon reacted quickly and reprimanded him, swatting the knife out his hand. He was chuckling like a maniac on drugs. His appearance was very shaggy: clothes tattered and holey, pants ripped to shreds, hair tangled and worn out from not being washed, and face scarred and dirtied.Â
âI-I knew someone was coming for me! I knew it!! Thereâs a lot of you, too many of you...why are you here? What do you want from me?â He rattled on. Changkyun, Jeonghan, and Minhyuk step up and look down at him, appalled.Â
âYouâre a Bangtan member, arenât you? You must know who we are.â Changkyun begins his interrogation. The member scoffs and cackles.Â
âDoes it look like I care about who you pieces of shit are?? I donât belong to anybody anymore.âÂ
âJun?â Changkyun calls over the Chinese member who is responsible for beating the member if he doesnât answer the negotiatorsâ questions. Jun walks up and punches the guy in the cheek, making blood splutter from his mouth.Â
âAs I said, you are a Bangtan member, correct? State your name. We donât have all day.â Changkyun pushes. As he recovers from the punch, the member finally speaks.
âJin. My...My name is...Jin.â He huffed out, immediately laughing afterwards. âAnd yes, I WAS a Bangtan member, but...my own gang left me here, in the dirt, alone.âÂ
âWhy would they leave you out here?â Minhyuk speaks.Â
âWhy do YOU care? You werenât there when it happened. So much happened. Heh, I still remember it, clear as day. Namjoon, that bastard...he couldnât handle that regret.â
âWhat are you talking about?â Finally, Jeonghan asks. âWhat is it that happened?â Jin snarls at Jeonghan and spits blood at him.Â
âYou bitch! You should know of all people! Your fucking crew were the cause of it!â This time, it was Seungcheol to come in with a punch to the other cheek, much more impactful because a tooth fell out of Jinâs mouth. He grabbed Jin by the collar and whispered deadly threats to his face.
âListen here, you motherfucker. Donât you dare talk to him like that or itâll be fucking lights out for you.â All Jin did was snicker and laugh some more, earning another round of punches.
âSeungcheol, thatâs enough!â Shownu yells from the sidelines. The techies and Chan were aiding to his flesh wound. Jinâs face was now mixed with dirt and blood, becoming battered and purple. He licked the hole where his tooth fell out and continued to laugh.Â
âAnswer the question! Youâre making this harder on yourself the more you talk out of turn.â Minhyuk says. âWhat the hell happened that caused you to be banished here?â Jin keeps that smug grin on his face as he speaks.
âIt was during a mission, OUR mission, to take Seventeenâs money for good. Weâre greedy, you fuckers know that. The mission, like always, went wrong, but...it went wrong in the worst way. They left me here cause I fucked up and blew our cover on several occasions and wouldnât shut up. I was a nuisance, they said. Not to mention, one of your fucking guys killed one of our own. Our Hobi...shed blood and stained our clothes with his blood. I know EXACTLY who the fuck it was too!â Jin scanned the crew until his eyes met with Chanâs. His eyes widened like a mad man and he snarled like a rabid dog.
âIt was YOU. YOU, YOU, YOU! YOU FUCKING BITCH, IT WAS YOU!â Jin spat curses at Seventeenâs youngest. Chan stood there with so much fear in his body that he couldnât even blink. Everyone turned to look at Chan. Seungkwan looked up at him with his mouth agape.
â...What? Ch-Channie, is that true...? Did you kill...that Bangtan member?â He couldnât get the words out his mouth. Chan was about to fall to his knees until Hyungwon caught him.Â
âChan, speak. Did you do it or not?â Hyungwon said. The Seventeen crew except Seungkwan knew the truth. Chan really did kill the member called Hobi according to Jin. It was during a time where certain members were off doing missions, and Seungkwan was one of them, being with his techy members. Bangtan raided the base again, but not only did they leave empty-handed, they left with one less member. Chan had a pistol in his hand and was faced head on with all seven members at the time. Besides the tech members, the rest of the Seventeen gang were also present. As they trash talked each other, Chan had enough and shot at Hobi who wasnât even doing most of the shit talking. It was a horrid death, being that Chanâs aim was still lacking and that he shot at a crucial area, Hobiâs mouth. There was an obvious hole that went through and even struck another member. His blood splattered on his fellow memberâs faces and bodies, and he immediately slumped over, lifeless. Everyone was left in shock and at a standstill. Even his fearless leader was too stunned to speak. Ever since that day, Chan refused to tell Seungkwan what happened and strictly told Vernon nor anyone to tell the techies what happened. It was a memory he wished he forgot, but it haunted him often, no matter how happy or depressed he was.Â
âANSWER ME, LEE CHAN.â Seungkwan screamed, standing in front of his boyfriend. Both males had tears in their eyes with Seungkwanâs rapidly falling out. Chan stared at the ground, breathing heavily like he was about to pass out. A couple of tears fell when he shook his head in confirmation. It was his worst nightmare come true. Seungkwanâs face fell and he grasps Chanâs shoulders.
âN-No! Tell me itâs a lie, please! You didnât kill him! YOU DIDNâT!âÂ
âSEUNGKWAN, THAT IS ENOUGH. GO BACK TO THE VAN, THE BOTH OF YOU.â Seungcheolâs deep voice towers over all. The younger men hurry away to the van, wanting to leave this whole situation anyway. Jin, the one male unfazed, starts his laughing spell once again.
âOh, isnât that a joy? Watching you guys fall apart over something YOU DID. HA, karmaâs such a bitch, right? Itâs what you assholes deserve. You killed our brother, and now theyâll be coming for him. I bet heâs a virgin, huh? Our Yoongi would love to take that away from him. Make sure heâs nice and beaten while he fucks him ra-âÂ
BANG
Silence.
Jin was no longer talking. His head now had a bullet through it. No one moved a muscle except for the person who took the shot. He was currently walking away from the scene, going towards the vans. With newfound anger, Jeonghan turned around and screamed to the top of his lungs.
It took so long for chapter 3 to come out, so while Iâm still thinking about the series, itâs time to get chapter 4 on a roll. Add some more spice to the mix.
Genre(s): Smut, Angst, Light Fluff, Hurt/Comfort Â
Word Count: 7.5k
Summary: Seungcheol ends up being the center of hate.
The day started earlier than everyone hoped it would. Bright and early as they say: 7am sharp. Seungcheol scheduled an âearly-risingâ consultation to take place about the predicament that happened between Seventeen and Bangtan. The ambush severely got to his head, knowing for a fact that heâll do whatever it takes to make sure they get what they deserve. In addition to the planning with Bangtan, it was time to set a new crew off for another mission. This time, itâs to help with their favorite ally, Monsta X.Â
âUgh...this is so fucking ridiculous. Why must it be this early that hyung decides to have a meeting?â Jihoon grumbles under the navy blue covers. Soonyoung is already up and at âem, putting on his dress pants and dress shirt. He ignores Jihoonâs little hissy fit and tries to cheer him up instead.Â
âIf it makes you feel any better, Hoonie, why donât I order you some treats for breakfast? I know you like cream-filled donuts a lot. Or, I could get you a big cheesecake streusel muffin and hazelnut coffee from the shop not too far from here. You find those extremely yummy too.â There was silence for a moment, then a hefty, defeated sigh, then a toss of covers off of Jihoonâs form.Â
â...You know food is my weakness.â Jihoon groggily says.
âWhat better way to get you out of bed?â Soonyoung grins from ear to ear.
âYou sucking my di-â
âAY, NO. Keep that statement to yourself!â
âMm...Chan, stop it, Seungkwan is still sleeping.â Vernon whispered to the youngest member. Chan gave a tiny chuckle, gazing up at the young American.Â
âHehe, itâs okay, Vernonie hyung. Heâll probably want to join in a minute anyway.â
âOr, he would scold you for doing this because a) youâre doing it without him or b) youâre doing it while heâs sleeping. You donât want to hear that this early morning.â
âOh, shush. Iâll be quick, I promise.â Chan twisted his wrist around Vernon, slick noises slightly making the room less quiet aside from Vernonâs deep restricted groans. He initially woke up to something touching him, and it made him feel good. The room was still dark, deeming it impossible to see what was happening. He felt around and placed his hand on top of another which was working its magic near his nether regions. It wasnât Seungkwan doing it because he was facing the opposite direction. Vernon questioned the young one in the darkness, and he replied with a simple âThis is your reward for doing a great job on your missionâ. His jerking sped up with the addition of his mouth. It caused Vernon to hiss and tighten his grip on Chanâs hair, keeping the boy still as he bucked his hips. His dick was halfway inside Chanâs mouth, and he hummed in delight at the weight. Despite the sting to his head, he bobbed it with brisk movements.Â
He accidentally let a pocket of air get into his mouth, causing an obnoxious slurping sound to emit. This unfortunately woke the eldest of the trio up, his confused and sleepy expression evident on his face. His vision was too blurry to see Chanâs face in Vernonâs crotch, but he knew that position far too well.Â
â...Are you kidding me?â He managed to say in his sassy yet scratchy tone. Vernon threw his head back in regret (even though he started not a thing).Â
âBaby, this was not my-â Vernon started, but Seungkwan held a hand up.Â
âSave it. Just...hurry up.â Feeling defeated, Vernon sighed and looked down at the maknae who was still sucking him off. He sped up the process by holding his head down and fucking his mouth. Chan was in total bliss, moaning and gagging. Vernon didnât last for very long, his breath becoming hasty. With a couple of thrusts left in him, he held Chanâs head still and spilled down his throat. Chan was more than satisfied to swallow what Vernon gave to him, and he slowly popped off with a smug smirk.Â
âI hoped you enjoyed your morning treat, Nonie.â He said, finalizing the session with a darling kiss on the Americanâs lips. He got up from the bed and headed to the bathroom to take a shower. Vernon rubbed his eyes, took a deep sigh, and looked over at Seungkwan who was fully awake now. He draped an arm over his torso and kisses his round cheek.Â
âYâknow, I didnât start it, right?â There was a moment of silence.Â
â...Yeah, but you couldnât wait on me? Asked me to join in?â
âThatâs exactly what I told him, but he wanted to âbe quickâ. As you can see, it didnât turn out that way.â Seungkwan was pouting, rolling his eyes. âIâll make it up to you. Would you like that?â
â...Fine. But next time, let me know ahead of time. I hate being left out.â Vernon places an apologetic kiss on the blondieâs head.Â
âI know, Kwannie. Iâll give him a talk later on. I promise to not leave you hanging again.â
The two Chinese members woke up rather peacefully in each otherâs arms, the younger of the two starting the day off with a subtle kiss to the older oneâs neck.Â
âHeh, it looks like my baobei has risen early, hasnât he?â Jun says with a chuckle. Minghao laughs as well, snuggling closer to him.
âIt seems so. I woke up before our alarm. I couldnât go back to sleep after I knew what time it was.â
âThatâs a shame. Well, at least you woke me up instead of that Godforsaken sound of an alarm, or anyone else for that matter.â Minghao hummed amused.Â
âDo you think weâre going to have a serious discussion today?â
âIâm afraid so,â Jun says, tone dropping a few octaves. âSeungcheol hyung has been super stressed out over this Bangtan ordeal. I donât blame him, though. With keeping track of twelve other people including your spouse, itâs damaging. Also, we have another mission, and I think you and I are going to be put on it today.â Minghao rose in interest.
âWe are? Do you think weâll be going back to China?âÂ
âI believe so. I overheard Seungcheol hyungâs meeting with Jihoon and Soonyoung, talking about who to send on the next mission. We havenât done one in a while, so it makes sense for us to go. Wonwoo might be coming with, and I couldnât catch the other member, or two.â
âMm, either way, Iâm ready for it.â Minghao gets up and heads to his own dressing closet, revealing all sorts of designer assassin outfits and gear. âMaybe I should wear my best outfit for this trip...â Jun laughs at his eager lover, joining his side, and looking over the expensive articles of clothing.Â
âYouâll look good in anything, Hao. No need to overthink.â Minghao smiles gingerly.
âYeah, youâre right.â
Joshua and Seokmin were still laid in bed without a hint of urgency to prepare for the day. Both men were huddled up in an embrace that was unbreakable, lightly snoring and radiating loving heat off of each other. Unfortunately, that ended due to Seokmin jolting upright in a cold sweat, yelling loudly into the well-lit room. It caused Joshua to immediately check in on the younger in a daze but still alert.Â
âWhatâs the matter?? Are we getting attacked??â Joshua, in a raspy voice, called out to Seokmin. Seokmin rubbed his face and heaved, letting out an airy chuckle that was not full of humor.Â
âN-No, Shua. I...I just had a bad dream, thatâs all.â He replied softly. Joshua cooed, rubbing his back and comforting him.Â
âOh no, my frightened baby. Is everything alright?â
âHyung...â
âThat wasnât in a teasing tone. Iâm genuinely asking if youâre okay. Care to talk about it?â Seokmin was a little hesitant to speak on the matter, the effect of it really causing him major discomfort.Â
âI...mm, I donât know...It was really bad, actually. I kind of want to forget about it.â Joshua nods in understanding, still patting his back.Â
âNo problem. You know you can talk to me about anything, right? I wonât force you at all. Just, whenever you feel ready. I love you.â He says, kissing Seokminâs cheek. He smiles, feeling much better. Despite it being a harrowing experience, he still finds relief through his loving partner in crime. Situations like these did come often, and they would always end up with someone in danger, whether it be himself, Joshua, or the crew. It was his one true fear: losing anybody he cared about dearly, especially because of the profession they are in. He would always have nightmares of the members being kidnapped, sold off, brutally ambushed, or worse, tortured and killed right in front of him.Â
The last bit only happens if a significant event occurred, and since the Bangtan raid, it triggered a terrible scene too unbearable to speak about. Heâs surprised he didnât end up crying, knowing for a fact he was bawling his eyes out in his nightmare, yet perfectly content on the outside. These mind tricks werenât doing him any justice, and to have the topic of Bangtan coming up in todayâs meeting, it wasnât going to settle any time soon.
Wonwoo carefully walked out of the bathroom, stumbling to the clothes he prepared last night. From his lower back down to his ankles, he was sore all over. No painkillers could recover this amount of pain he was feeling. Mingyu was already dressed, sitting on the bed scrolling through his phone. As he looked up at Wonwoo, he smirked like a mischievous devil. Wonwoo shot a glare at him.Â
âYou can literally fuck off.â Wonwoo spat with no intention of hurting the boyâs feelings.Â
âIâm sorry for laughing, hyung~â Mingyu said with a sweet tone in his voice. âDo you need any help?â Wonwoo was quick to answer with a ânoâ. He puts on his dress shirt with ease, but his slacks were a different story. There was no way he was going to sit on the bed with that plug Mingyu stuffed inside him.Â
âCan I please take this plug out of me? I think itâs been too long.â Wonwoo complained. This time, Mingyu was quick to say ânoâ.Â
âNot until the meeting is over. Until then, Iâll think about it.â Wonwoo huffed, carefully inching each aching limb into a pant leg. He lets out soft whimpers as he moved. Once done, he attempts to scurry to the bed to land face down on a pillow.Â
Muffled, he says, âI am not letting you do this to me ever again.â Mingyu contains a giggle before patting Wonwoo on his back.Â
âDonât worry, youâll be back to normal in no time. Iâll pamper you tonight if you wish.âÂ
âFuck. Yes.âÂ
Seungcheol and Jeonghan were the last bunch to rise and shine for this meeting. Seungcheol was still restless, tossing and turning during the middle of the night. Jeonghan was not having it, so he persuaded him with a quickie, and sure enough, it tired them both out easily until morning struck. Jeonghan groaned as he attempted to slither out of the warm confinements of the bed and his husband.Â
âWhere do you think youâre going?â Seungcheol grumbled, holding Jeonghan captive.Â
âTo the bathroom. I feel disgusting. I donât know why youâre even hugging me right now.âÂ
âBecause I love you, thatâs why.â Jeonghan rolled his eyes.
âBig baby. Let me go.â Seungcheol sadly let his blondie husband leave the room. It was protective and possessive nature speaking. Knowing how heavy this conversation with the group might be, he still has Jeonghan (and the members) as his top priority. He feels some sort of anxiousness in the pit of his stomach, like some arguments and disagreements brewing. As a leader, he must settle things in an orderly fashion, no matter how upset everyone ends up being including himself. It was a mental battle he faced every single day, some days better than others. However, this time around, nothing was according to plan.Â
After a couple of minutes of freshening up, Jeonghan steps out looking ten times more rejuvenated. Seungcheol was dressed, waiting by the door.Â
âTook you long enough, Hannie.â Seungcheol said as a half-joke. Jeonghan looks at him offended.
âAre you serious? You couldâve come in with me, or let me be, yâknow. I donât need this attitude from you today. I let you rail me early this morning so you could get some proper sleep, and this is how you treat me? Pathetic.â The last word wasnât needed, yet it still came out harsher than intended. Seungcheol scowled at his husband, clearly hurt by his words. The silence was loud in the space as Jeonghan got ready as slowly as he could. All Seungcheol did was stare at him, pouting and a tad bit angry. Once he was fully fitted, Jeonghan walks to the door, past Seungcheol. He caught a glimpse of his pitiful expression and muttered out an apology loud enough for the leader to hear. Although it did lift up his spirits for a short second, it wasnât enough to change his whole demeanor. âWhat a fucked up morning this turned out to beâ, he thought.
Everyone was present at the conference table except for the two fashionably late leader and spouse.Â
âWhere in the fuck are they? Theyâre 10 minutes late. I did not wake up this early to be waiting. Didnât he say 7am on the dot? Some fucking punctuality heâs preaching.â Jihoon rattles off. Soonyoung just lets him express his anger, not wanting to start another feud.Â
âYouâre not you when youâre hungry.â Soonyoung softly says, earning him a sharp disapproving look from the smaller partner. He then whispers, âKeep it up or youâll end up starving.â Jihoon lets out a dejected sigh. He couldnât deny free food.
âTheyâll be out shortly, I promise you, Hoonie.â Joshua says. âI know itâs frustrating. Maybe Seungcheol needs time collecting his thoughts and Jeonghan is there to support him.âÂ
âGlad you have a positive outlook on things, hyung. I just think theyâre fucking like they usually are.â A few snickers travel around the table while others just breathe heavily.Â
âCan we not talk about sex right now? This is supposed to be a deep discussion.â Wonwoo says this time, shuffling in his chair, trying to sit properly.
âWhy? Is something stuck up your ass? Is that why you keep moving around so much?â A blush crept up on Wonwooâs cheeks, and Mingyu sits there acting as if it wasnât his idea in the first place. Jihoon ends his argument with âI thought so.â
After an additional five minutes of light banter, Jeonghan was the first to come out with Seungcheol following suit. Typically, they would come out together with Jeonghan always by Seungcheolâs side, but not this time. When either comes out without the other, something obviously happened. Jeonghan takes his seat, scooting away from Seungcheol and closer to Joshua. Seungcheol catches note of that and grits his teeth behind his lips which were in a thin line. He starts off the meeting with an apology.Â
âGood morning everyone. I want to start off this meeting with my sincere apologies for my - well, our lateness,â Jeonghan scoffs under his breath. âI know I have endlessly harped on time management and punctuality for our meetings, and, being the leader, it was unacceptable of me to not abide by my own rules. No matter how late, it was still unruly. I am truly sorry, and I promise you that it will not proceed in the future.â
âWow, so formal and professional of you. Youâre damn straight it wonât happen again.â Soonyoung jabs Jihoon in the side.
â...Moving forward, we have some very serious topics to discuss today. In addition to that, we have a new mission being brought up. But first, letâs begin with security. As you may all know, Bangtanâs recent raid has substantially downgraded our security and protection. It cost us greatly to revamp the base, and due to that, we cannot afford such damage like that again. Therefore, there needs to be an update in the new cameras with detection of certain people and vehicles. The garage door will be heavily chained and no one will be able to drive through it, even if they drive at full speed. Weâll still have weapons underneath each desk for our own safety. We also need to stay alert 100% of the time, even on down days. I donât want anyone moping, scrolling through their phones, or messing around.â
âJeez, what is this, a dictatorship? We could at least have some leniency.â Seungkwan objects, knowing heâs the main one that does all three.
âWell, would you rather be lenient and dead or alive and safe? Tell me.â Seungcheol says with a stingy smile, his face saying âtry me, I dare youâ. Seungkwan sinks in his chair and stares at the table.Â
âAs I was saying, we must keep guard at all times. Theyâre out for blood. Are there any suggestions or questions?â Minghao raises his hand.Â
âIf itâs us doing the guarding, shouldnât we hire some bodyguards to do the work for us? Thereâs no way we can do a 24-hour surveillance of our area without the tech members being tired, and doing shifts causes more risk.â
âYeah, and plus too, not everyone is tech-savvy, so some of us wonât be able to properly scope out whoâs an enemy and who is on our side.â Vernon added. âI think at least 15-30 bodyguards will suffice. Some at the front of our gate, some near or in the buildings near the base, and some surrounding each side of the base. We can give them walkie-talkies to communicate with each other and us, and if something were to happen, they can tell us right away.â Mostly everyone was in agreement with the idea. However, Seungcheol thought otherwise.Â
âItâs not easy to trust 15-30 people, Hansol. Not only would we have to put trust in them, but we have to intensely train them in multiple areas for months on end, and unfortunately, we donât have that kind of time. They could strike at any point, and I refuse to have undertrained people risk their lives and put ours at stake. On top of that, income. They would probably want some sort of profit for protecting such a gang like us.â
âUgh, donât call us a âgangâ. Leaves a bad taste in my mouth just saying it.â Jeonghan speaks up, arms folded across his chest, leaning back into his chair. Joshua tells him to hush, but Seungcheol simply ignores his comment. It was to get under his skin.
âIf anything, I suggest bringing up one of our allies and have them help us out,â Soonyoung continues the discussion. âWe have some that have been dormant for quite some time due to the lack of missions. I can grab our list to see who is available.â
âItâs not too bad of an idea, however, are they willing to do a 24-hour surveillance and possibly have no missions at all? Also, it depends on the number of members in their group. If itâs too small, we canât use them.â At this rate, Seungcheol was being too stubborn over not recruiting more aid.Â
âWell, fuck, Cheol, what do you want to do? We gave you ideas and you rejected them all.â Jihoon hissed. Seungcheol groans in agitation.
âI know, I know. I guess I didnât really think this through until now. Maybe I need to give it more thought personally. Aside from security, I believe we need to make a plan to strike back at Bangtan, and this time, to end it all.â Everyone grew stiff in their seats.Â
âAre...Are you sure about this, hyung? Like, are you serious?â Seokmin muttered weakly, his face growing pale.Â
âAs serious as a heart attack.âÂ
âI think this is too soon. We still have more missions to accomplish, more deals to make.â Wonwoo butts in. âBesides, this isnât the first time theyâve raided us like this.â
âExactly, hence, this is the LAST time theyâll ever step foot onto our base. We havenât had that bad of a raid in years, and I wonât allow another one like that to occur, not under my watch...â It was Mingyuâs turn to argue.
âHyung, youâre doing this out of anger. If we decide on this now, it wonât be strategically placed, and that leaves a ton of room for error. We need to be level-headed and properly figure out what we need to do to take them out easily.â Even though Mingyu was right, Seungcheol would not let this fight end.Â
âWe canât just be sitting ducks, Mingyu. We need to make a plan at this instant.â Suddenly, Jihoon slams the table and rises up from his chair.Â
âFor fuckâs sake, Seungcheol, get your head out of your ass and listen to us!â Seungcheol looked over at Jihoon slowly with wide eyes.Â
âYou certainly have the audacity to yell at me like that.â
âYeah, and you know what? I certainly have the fucking brain capacity to know what everyone wants unlike you! I damn near want to blow my brains out if I have to hear you bitch and counterargue everyoneâs opinions one more fucking time!â
âWell, why donât you go ahead and DO IT? Fuck if I care.â With that, Seungcheol leaves the meeting and retreats to his room, slamming the door.Â
âYeah, such a big fucking boss you are, telling your own member to off himself. Such a little bitch...He even contradicted what he said last time! âWe canât make reckless mistakes. Weâll lose our conscious to them.â Idiot...â Everyone was left in an awkward, unsettling silence, not knowing how to proceed. Soonyoung suddenly had the courage to stand up and take over, shuffling his papers with notes from his private meeting between him, Jihoon, and Seungcheol.Â
âWell, ahem...That was, uh, something. Iâm hoping he will get back to his senses after a while. In the meantime, letâs discuss the upcoming mission. This missionâs destination will be China, more specifically, Beijing and Shanghai.â Minghaoâs heart skips a beat after hearing the location. âWeâll be having Monsta X with us in this mission, and itâs to help them with a theft task they were having difficulty with. Apparently, they want to steal some items from a museum in Shanghai called the Museum of Glass. With them, theyâll sell the items to make profit. I assume they have some unforeseen dues upon them. In Beijing, they suspected a Bangtan member was hiding as a spy. He was having trouble getting ahold of his group, but they made no effort to search for him. We did indeed kill off one of their members, but we were unaware of the hidden member.â
âCome to think of it, I did recall there being only five guys at the time of the raid. Their group has seven, we killed one, so there should have been six.â Joshua says.Â
âAs a result, we need to assist in capturing this member and either get information out of him or execute him. Honestly, since heâs a Bangtan, it doesnât matter, weâre still going to wring his neck. So, to recap: In Shanghai, the Museum of Glass, weâre there to help steal artifacts. In Beijing, be on the lookout for the hidden Bangtan member. The people going on this mission are...Junhui, Minghao, Wonwoo, and Chan.â Minghao shook in excitement, gripping a delighted Jun. However, Wonwoo and even Vernon and Seungkwan were displeased.Â
âActually, may I sit this one out, Soonyoung? I donât think Iâm in proper condition to go on this mission.â Mingyu stifles a laugh, and Wonwoo pinches his thigh.Â
âOh really? Well, makes sense since you just returned from the Nepal trip. Alright, weâll have to substitute.â Seungkwan interrupts Soonyoung.
âI object, I donât want Channie to go on this mission. He doesnât have to deal with Bangtan scum nor do I want him getting hurt or lost.â
âSeungkwan, you donât make the rules here. He hasnât been on a mission in forever. This is hardly dangerous, itâs just a theft job, thatâs all.â Soonyoung also looks at Vernon who is about to agree with Seungkwan.
âI also donât think he should go. As you can see, Seungkwan was pretty stressed when I went to Nepal, so having him go to China is a bit overwhelming.â Chan was frowning, not about his boyfriendsâ concerns, but the desire to actually help the team out.Â
âCâmon! Iâm not a baby! I can handle this!â He blurts out.Â
âWeâre aware of that, but-â Seungkwan gets cut off.Â
âIâm doing this mission. Iâll prove to you that I can do this.â He was determined, the passion was so evident in his eyes that it left Seungkwan speechless. Chan never rejected Seungkwan in a way that his mouth ended up closed. Vernon also saw the determination in Chanâs expression, and it eventually convinced him to let his wings fly.Â
âAlright. Just come back to us safely.â He simply complies. Chan shoots him a thankful smile. Soonyoung also smiles at the semi-complete agreement.
âThen itâs settled. We just need a substitute for Wonwoo. Uh...maybe...we need more people than we thought. We canât let a team go without a bodyguard or detective. Wonwoo handles both, but heâs out for the count. Mingyu, are you up for another mission?â Mingyu shakes his head.
âNo can do. I gotta take care of the broken body sitting next to me.âÂ
âShut up, asshat.â
âHmm...well, this is difficult. That leaves Cheol, Jeonghan hyung, Joshua hyung, me, Jihoon, Seokmin, Seungkwan, and Hansol. Iâm assuming Hansol and Joshua donât want to do it cause of the Nepal trip. Jihoo-â
âIn your dreams.â
â...Seokmin? You havenât been on a mission in a while either. Could you handle the China trip?â Seokmin was uneasy once again.Â
âI-I donât think so, Soonyoung hyung...Sorry.â Soonyoung sighs in frustration.Â
âNow weâre down to Cheol, Jeonghan hyung, me, and Seungkwan...damn it. We need a tech person for this trip, so Seungkwan, I guess youâre going after all.â
âShit.âÂ
âThatâs karma for ya, Kwannie.â Vernon teases.Â
âSo...we have Minghao, Junhui, Chan, Seungkwan...uh, Jeonghan hyung? I think you also have to go on this mission because youâre a negotiator and detective. We need your expertise if our crew finds that hidden Bangtan crook.â Jeonghan looks startled, surprised that he was called upon for the mission.
âOh...uh, you do know that if I go, Seungcheol will have to as well? He wonât let me go on missions without him.âÂ
âI mean, thatâs fine. It completes our criteria for having a bodyguard and/or detective on board. Cheol is basically a bodyguard, he just doesnât claim that âtitleâ. Iâm just wondering if everyone can handle his sour mood. Or...if he could handle going on this mission regardless.â
âItâs not until a couple days, right? It should be better by the time we leave. Iâll make sure of it.â Soonyoung nods.Â
âIâll keep your word for it. We have our roster! Cheol hyung, Jeonghan hyung, Minghao, Jun, Seungkwan, and Chan! A fairly big group for this, but Iâm sure you will all succeed. Iâll briefly explain the details, and then, we can wrap up this mess of a meeting.â
âThank fuck, itâs been over two hours and my stomach wants to eat itself.â Jihoon bitches.Â
âYou guys will start at the museum. Itâs best to go at night. Seungkwan will hack into the cameras, a simple task for him. Minghao and Jun will sneak into the museum, knock out any guards they run into, and steal the desired items. Cheol and Jeonghan hyung will be on deck, assisting them if needed and holding onto the bags that the items will be in. Plain, easy, and short. In Beijing, Monsta X will explain their most recent whereabouts of the Bangtan member in hiding. From what they have told us, his name is either Jin or Jimin, both Bangtan names. This one seems reckless, so he may be hard to capture, but do try your best. Get any info out of him and just get rid of him afterwards. Are we all clear on the directions?â The assigned members nod their heads. âGreat. I wish you all good luck, and do come back safely. Weâll be rooting for you here.âÂ
âThat...fucking, tiny bitch...I should kick him out on the streets...where he b-belongs...â Seungcheol slurs his words, holding an ungodly expensive whiskey bottle. The floor was strewn with various brands of whiskey, brandy, and vodka, all drunken straight to the core of its emptiness. There was no possible way that this man was coherent. He slouched over the bed, hiccupping, and tossing back the rest of the whiskey that was in his hand, throwing it amongst the other bottles. He groans and yells out in frustration, flopping back on the bed. It was a mistake, making him dizzy immediately, almost on the verge of throwing up. As he laid there in his own despair, Jeonghan comes through and witnesses the drunk mafia boss in his current state. He was instantly disgusted by his behavior, knowing that if Seungcheol stress drinks, he will never stop.Â
âThis is absolutely repulsive, Seungcheol. You really have made such a big fool out of yourself today.â Jeonghan says as he staggers through the leaking bottles. Seungcheol hears Jeonghan, but doesnât risk rising up.Â
âHan- *hic* Hannie! Baby...â
âDonât you fucking âbabyâ me. You need to get your act together in the next upcoming days. Youâre assigned for our next mission...â Jeonghan really shouldnât be telling this information to a drunk Cheol, but decides to anyway. Maybe he wonât remember. â...and Iâm going with.âÂ
âM-Mission...? You?â Seungcheol then bursts out in a fit of laughter, even though there was no humor involved. âYouâre f-f-funny, cutie...Câmere...â Seungcheol weakly lets his arms swing wide open, wanting Jeonghan to fall in them. Jeonghan snarls at his husband, pushing him off the bed, creating a loud thud.Â
âYou can piss off for all I care. Iâm going back to sleep, and you can pass out there. Get your shit together, Choi Seungcheol. Iâm not dealing with this during the mission.â With that, Jeonghan secures himself under the covers and leaves Seungcheol to fester in his own mess. Seungcheol couldnât move an inch, garbling incoherent noises and eventually passing out, just as Jeonghan predicted. It was a sad sight, really. The mafiaâs number one gang leader, stupidly drunk because of a stressful meeting and disagreement with his other half. It was only the beginning of a rude awakening.Â
Seungcheol eventually wakes up in the middle of the afternoon. His head is pounding, his body is aching, and he feels filthy. He could just lay there until all the pain subdues, but thereâs no point in suffering while conscious. He makes the effort to at least sit up and rest his back against the bed. He sees the floor filled with scattered alcohol bottles and groans. âHow drunk did I get?â He then sees Jeonghan in the bed on his phone. He doesnât see Seungcheol until he shuffles to stand up.Â
âOh. Look who decided to wake up.â He deadpans. Seungcheolâs eyebrows furrow. He doesnât want to start another argument: he has had enough of those today.
âWhat the hell did I miss...? What time is it?â Seungcheol says in a scratchy voice.Â
â3pm. You were passed out for six hours. Everyone wondered why you were gone for so long. We completed the meeting, everyone got breakfast, had lunch, and now, itâs down time. All the while, you were here drunkenly sleeping. I woke up around noon and had lunch with Joshua and Seokmin.â Seungcheol frowned, completely ashamed of himself. He went to clean up the bottles, placing them upright near the trash.Â
âGoddamn it...I feel like such an ass.âÂ
âYou should, and I donât feel bad for you. Not only am I extremely upset with you, Jihoon is beyond pissed at you. Do you even remember what you said to him? You told him to go ahead and shoot himself. How fucked up is that? You tell your own members, basically family members, to do that. If you ever say that to me, itâs immediate divorce.â Seungcheol dug himself a deeper grave than he thought, and he thought that alcohol would solve his problems. He placed his face in his hands, wanting to desperately sob at his actions. He knew what he needed to do, but his heart was too afraid to commit to it.Â
âHeâll never forgive me for this...Iâve been so shitty to everyone today. What kind of fucking leader am I?â Hearing Seungcheol insult himself made Jeonghan feel a tiny bit of sympathy. He knows his husband works endlessly to ensure safety amongst his crew.Â
âJust go talk to Soonyoung. He would understand.â Jeonghan suggests. Seungcheol looks over at Jeonghan and ponders about it. He just hopes Soonyoung isnât with Jihoon right now. He nods, leaving the room like a troubled child leaving his room from time out.Â
Everyone but Jihoon is in the main area, doing their own business. Seungcheol spots Soonyoung talking with Seungkwan and Seokmin near the camera station. He feels like everyone is watching him when he steps out into the open (and itâs true that they are). He comes up behind Soonyoung and taps his arm.
âOh, hyung, hey. Where have you been all this time?â Soonyoung asked.Â
âI was...sleeping.â Seungcheol half-lies. âI wanted to talk to you...privately.â Soonyoung looks back at Seungkwan and Seokmin who were just as curious as he was. He bid his farewell and followed Seungcheol to his office. Once he closed the door behind him, he questions Seungcheol.
âWhatâs the matter this time? Are you and Jeonghan fighting?â
âThatâs not the point of why I brought you in here. Why-...anyway, I really feel like I fucked up tremendously during the meeting, especially when I left. I want to...apologize to Jihoon, but I seriously do not have the courage to do so. I said the worst thing possible to one of my closest partners, one of my closest friends at that. I know he will never ever accept my apology since he was in a grouchy mood all day. Iâm the last face he wants to see. I...I donât know what to do, Soonyoung.â Soonyoung did feel bad for his leader, now knowing what his mind and heart is going through.Â
âWell, itâs a good thing that you came to me first and not go straight to him. All of us would be hearing his mouth run nonstop, and who knows, something even worse. But, what I can do is relay the message to him and hope he finds it in his heart to forgive you. Mentioning your name will surely make him mad, but he was well-fed this morning and even during lunchtime, so he has to feel better.â
âSo there is hope...what if I bribed him?â Soonyoung tilts his head, wanting to laugh.Â
âI mean...I bribed him with food to get up for the meeting. If you bribe him with a raise, it could make your chances of forgiveness increase.âÂ
âThen, I guess I will have to do that. Here,â Seungcheol digs through his desk drawer and pulls out a stack of bills. â$500,000. Will that be enough?â Soonyoung stared at the money with his mouth hanging open.Â
âU-Uhm, maybe not that much?â
âI donât care, we can use the gems and stones the Nepal crew gathered and regain the money back in an instant. Just take it.â Seungcheol pushed the money in Soonyoungâs direction. Soonyoung hesitantly carried the stash in his arms.Â
âWell, Iâm sure heâll forgive you this way. Oh, speaking of crews, you have been assigned to the next mission, the China mission.â Seungcheolâs eyebrows furrowed once again.Â
âWhat the hell? Why? Whatâs wrong with the original roster?âÂ
âWe technically needed more members because this trip required a tech person on duty, so I recruited Seungkwan since Seokmin opted out and Joshua hyung just did a mission. We also needed a bodyguard or detective; Mingyu couldnât go because of Wonwoo, and Wonwoo wasnât feeling up to par. Overall, you were chosen, and Jeonghan hyung was an automatic because of, well, you. It meets the conditions, so it should be okay, right? Besides, Jeonghan hyung is a negotiator and can force information out of a member of Bangtan Monsta X believe to have found.â Seungcheol rubbed his temple, trying to remember what Jeonghan said earlier:Â
âYou need to get your act together in the next upcoming days. Youâre assigned for our next mission... and Iâm going with.â
Damn it.
âGreat, just what I needed. Fine, itâs okay. You can go now.â Soonyoung nods, struggling to keep the money in his arms as he leaves. Seungcheol really wants to thrash and tear his whole office apart, but it wouldnât do him any justice. Instead, he twirls in his chair and looks out the window, trying to clear his mind the best he can. If he can just get through today, he can restart tomorrow.Â
In Jihoonâs office, Jihoon was typing away report after report, syncing them, and sending them to overseas allies. He was also keeping in touch with Monsta X on their crewâs arrival. There were a few faint knocks at his door which startled him. No one visits his office unless itâs Soonyoung or Seungcheol, and he hoped it wasnât Seungcheol.Â
âCome in.â
âHey, cutiepie. I got a present for you.â Soonyoung sang sweetly. It piqued Jihoonâs interest, but he didnât look away from his computer.
âWhat could you have possibly gotten me this-â
*THUD*
â...time...?â The stacks of cash spread beautifully on Jihoonâs desk, and Jihoon gazed upon the wealth in front of him. â...Where did you get this...?â Soonyoung puts his hands behind his back, teetering on his heels.Â
âThis, my baby Hoonie, is from the boss. He wanted me to tell you that he is genuinely sorry for making you and the rest of the team upset and disappointed. He even said that he was too afraid to face you head-on, and he wasnât sure if you were ever going to forgive him. So, he came to me and gave me this as a...mm, to put it nicely, an apologetic donation for his actions. If you want to know how much, itâs $500,000.â Jihoon couldnât conjure a single sentence. His mind was fogged up, baffled by the bossâ attempt to earn his forgiveness. Jihoon is known for his horrible temper, but he actually felt...touched by Seungcheolâs effort. Sure, heâs still a stubborn bitch, but he still has a kind heart.Â
âI...Wow...He really gave me all of this to keep?â Soonyoung confirms with a nod. â...Where is he? I have to see him.âÂ
âIn his office.â Jihoon scoots out of his chair and heads to the door. Before he leaves, he presses a kiss on Soonyoungâs cheek.Â
âThank you for being our mediator.â Soonyoung grins.Â
âAnytime, sweetie.âÂ
Jihoon approached Seungcheolâs office with fear in his stomach. He didnât know why he was the one feeling fearful when it should be Seungcheol. He knocked three times, hearing a muffled âcome inâ inside. He stepped through the office, seeing Seungcheol visibly stiffen.
âHi, hyung...âÂ
âJihoon, you...came.â Seungcheol whispered. When he made eye contact with the small detective, he wanted to cry so badly, but he held his tears back.Â
âI saw Soonie. He told me what you said...and gave me what you gave him. Honestly, if I didnât respect you and had known you for all these years, I wouldâve said keep your fucking money, I donât need it. I donât need your half-assed apology either. But, once I heard you were afraid to come to me...and questioned my forgiveness...I lost all train of thought. Youâre supposed to be our strong, dedicated, uplifting leader. You showed your vulnerability. You do have a heart.â Seungcheol dropped his head, not wanting Jihoon to see the tears falling down his face. Jihoon walked over behind Seungcheolâs desk to comfort him, halfway laying on his bent-over back. He hears little hiccups Seungcheol was making, and even little phrases along the lines of âI didnât mean itâ and âIâm so sorryâ.Â
âI do forgive you, hyung. I know you didnât mean it. What I ask from you is to simply listen to what the others have to say and donât entirely disregard it. We rely on you, so you can rely on us too, okay?â Jihoon hears a tiny confirmation from Seungcheol. âYouâve had it real rough today, huh? You got through one obstacle. Iâm sure Jeonghan hyung is your biggest obstacle as of now. Go and take care of him now.â He leaves a satisfying lingering rub on Seungcheolâs shoulders, hoping itâll calm his nerves a bit. He leaves Seungcheol be, heading back to his own office. Seungcheol stares at the massive puddle of wept tears on his desk. He takes a breather, wiping the streaks away. He has no idea with how he would handle Jeonghan although he had success with Jihoon. It was a new challenge, a challenge he was not particularly familiar with nor fond of.Â
Jeonghan is outside, tending to a random garden Mingyu and Joshua suggested growing for fresh produce and aesthetic. Heâs picking some fruits, veggies, and a couple of herbs to bring inside for dinner. There was nothing else to do, so this will surely preoccupy his time. Seungcheol ends up finding him after asking Joshua where he went. Jeonghan hears his footsteps, peers up, and immediately looks back down, filling his basket with basil, chives, and cilantro.Â
âHannie,â Seungcheol starts, kneeling down to Jeonghanâs level. âIâve been looking for-â Jeonghan stands up, carries his basket, and moves over to the veggies, picking carrots, garlic, and onions. He doesnât utter a word. Seungcheol follows him, kneeling again.Â
âHannie? Can I please talk to-â Jeonghan does it again, moving to grab some radishes and parsnips. Seungcheol is fed up, taking the basket away from Jeonghan.
âHey! I was-â
âYoon Jeonghan!â Seungcheol bellows, his red eyes staring daggers into Jeonghanâs blown-out ones. Jeonghan huffs out air, crossing his arms.Â
âWhat do you want, Seungcheol? Canât you see Iâm busy?â Seungcheol wants to make a snarky remark, but he keeps it to himself.Â
âI talked to Jihoon.âÂ
âOkay, cool, so what?â
âHe forgave me. He told me to come to you now, hoping you would forgive me as well. I know itâll be hard, but knowing how much I hurt everyone today, I couldnât leave you hanging. I have to try. You have no idea how torn up I was when I heard Jihoon say he accepted my apology. I really thought it was over.â Seungcheol fiddled with his fingers in a scared manner. âI hope you can forgive me too...Iâm really sorry, Jeonghan.â His tears were starting to form again, breaking down his strong barrier.Â
â...I am. Iâm such an idiot, a foolish leader who doesnât even listen to his own team, and a dumb husband who doesnât tend to his own lover. Wh-What am I really?â Jeonghan watches Seungcheol crumble piece by piece, seeing his genuine emotions come forth. Technically, it was Jeonghanâs fault for taking Seungcheolâs rushing comment the wrong way, thus creating a negative atmosphere for the leader. He walks up to him, embracing his muscular form. He lays his pretty head on his shoulder, feeling his quickened heartbeat near the pulse point on his neck.Â
âDonât beat yourself up, Cheollie. It was my fault for causing this. From this morning, I mean. I got upset, which made you upset, then Jihoon. It was a chain reaction. You know I still love you with all of my heart. I think you just need to lay low for today and donât think about anything else, no work, no missions, and especially not Bangtan. Alright?â He could feel Seungcheolâs tears hit his face as they dripped off his chin. He took a glance at Seungcheol, seeing how puffy his face was. He wipes the fat wet tears that continued to fall, shushing the man in a comforting way. He was practically bawling, red and irritated all over. It broke Jeonghanâs heart to see him this way, knowing heâs not much of a crier unless truly overwhelmed, and he hasnât been this stressed in a while.Â
âCâmon, Cheollie baby. Letâs go inside. Iâll ask Mingyu to make you a tasty meal, tuck you into bed, have you watch your favorite shows or movies, and after you had some alone time, Iâll cuddle with you for the rest of the night until we both fall asleep.â Jeonghan smiles warmly, making sure his husband has fully calmed down from his second breakdown.Â
Well, itâs finally time I got back into the groove and continue on with chapter three :â) So sorry for the long wait! (I need to get better at posting more chapters...)
Genre(s): Smut, Angst, Light Fluff, Hurt/Comfort
Word Count: 3.6k
Summary: The Nepal mission is done; one couple decides to celebrate. There is also an odd tension that has yet to be shown.
Vernon and Joshua both darted at the three men, dodging their punches easily. Vernon took on the shortest man, giving him a knee to his gut. Once he fell to the ground, he shanked his right shoulder, causing him to holler in pain. Joshua was handling his guy well too, stunning him with a kick to the knee and a stab to his left arm. However, the last scruffy man grabbed ahold of Joshua from behind, making him drop his knife.Â
âVernon, help!â Joshua yelled through a choke. Mingyu and Wonwoo looked back to see Joshua struggling, almost leaving the wall to assist him. Luckily, Vernon was quick enough to push the man away from Joshua. Both men dropped to the ground with Joshua coughing and the man withering under Vernonâs foot on his stomach. Vernon made this personal, plummeting his knife in the middle of the manâs chest. He looked back at the other men who were bleeding out of their wounds, running out of the cave.Â
âIt looks like we donât have enough time to waste. Letâs get these gems and dip.â Vernon warned Mingyu and Wonwoo. The couple made quick work of digging, grabbing their desired amount of jewels and stuffing them into Joshuaâs backpack. They were about to leave the cave until a bullet struck the edge of the entrance, almost hitting Mingyu in the arm. All four of them ducked, hiding near the edges.Â
âFuck! They found us...â Mingyu cursed, reaching for his automatic silencer. Vernon was already assembling his sniper, and Wonwoo and Joshua had pistols in hand.Â
âWhat do we do? How do we escape out of here?â Joshua asked, a slightly worried expression glazing over his face.Â
âNo worries, hyung. I just texted our assistants that weâve ran into some trouble. They are also armed, so wherever they are, they can clear out any gang members near the van or members that are in our way. We just have to watch our trail and Vernon watch our backs. Mingyu, you can help Vernon out too with your silencer.â Wonwoo explained with no fear.Â
âBut...what if our assistants get killed...?âÂ
â...Itâs a good thing we all can drive, right?â Wonwoo gives Joshua a mischievous smirk. âCâmon, we canât be sitting ducks forever.â He leads the pack as Joshua follows behind him along with Mingyu and then Vernon. A few gang members popped out of the corners, but Wonwoo was too quick for them to even get the chance to even aim as he shoots straight in the middle of their foreheads. Joshua is weary of grotesque scenes, so seeing how Wonwoo could handle a kill without a bat of an eye was astonishing. He got a couple guys himself, immediately looking away after seeing their instant deaths flash before his eyes.
Mingyu and Vernon stayed on high alert, watching both Joshua and Wonwoo lead the way and the crooks running after them. Being the clumsy oaf that he is, Mingyu accidentally slides on some snow, causing him to almost tumble off the end of the path. All he could see was nothing but white and ghostly clouds casted. Hearing the screech of the rock underneath, Vernon snatches the tall man just in time and throws him back onto the path.Â
âWatch your step, hyung.â He calmly spoke. Mingyuâs face was plastered with horror, seeing his life flash before him. He stood up, expression still frozen but body working hard to protect. Due to the air being so misty and foggy, it was difficult to see where their targets were. Vernon tried to aim at far away enemies, but they ended up being complete blurs. The shots he took were just pure luck. Mingyu shot at his enemies blindly as well, hitting most of them. The mountainâs path was starting to tire them out due to their heavy coats, equipment, and the treasure they found. However, they were almost near the van, reaching the bottom of the mountain in no time.Â
âAssistants, itâs us! Open up!â Wonwoo yells. The men surrounding the van looked back, opened up the van and got to their assigned seats, not having enough time to put away their guns. The four men climbed in while the van sped off onto the rocky roads. Bullets flew, but none hit the escaping van.Â
âGod, we can never have an easy mission...â Mingyu pouts, throwing down his silencer.Â
âI know, but hey, we got the gems Seungcheol hyung wants, so thatâs all we wanted, right?â Joshua said with a small smile. He opens up his backpack to reveal the plentiful amount of emeralds and the other assortment of jewels they gathered up. âWeâve made quite a haul in the cave, and I know Seungcheol hyung will be very pleased by this. Not sure what he will do with these, but they look great in our possession.â
âDonât forget; we also have this as well.â Wonwoo pulls out his backpack full of Himalayan salt. âMingyu did say it was great for use and for profit, so I dug a bunch. Itâs gonna be a pain to properly clean though...â
âItâs okay, babe. Iâll make you some tasty dishes and use the salt with them.â Mingyu grinned brightly.Â
âAlso, weâre ahead of schedule, so we can technically go home tonight or tomorrow.â Vernon spoke, checking the time. It was around 8pm, the sunset making its final rounds before it disappears.Â
âI suggest tomorrow. I want to do some more sightseeing and at least try some street food.â Mingyuâs mouth started to water at the thought.Â
âRemember, we have to keep it on the downlow if we want to do that. And, it canât be for too long. The others are probably worried sick.â Wonwoo said. Mingyu nods in acknowledgment.Â
Tomorrow came fast, and it was a gorgeous day at that. Mingyuâs dream finally came true: he was able to devour Nepalese street food for the first time. His favorite picks were the samosas, the Jeri, the Kachori, the Malpua, and the Lakhamari. He even had the chance to take some of it home because the merchants liked his enthusiasm so much that he earned extras.Â
âI canât wait to share these with the others! Knowing how much they like sweets, itâs right up their allies.â He said cheerfully.Â
As they headed to their private jet, Vernon peered behind him to take in one final gaze at Nepalâs scenery. He was content, but his eyes looked like he was...lost, almost bothered by something. Joshua was about to head into the jet but sees Vernon standing by himself.Â
âAyo, Vern. Are you coming with us, or do you want to stay here by yourself?â The older American teased. Vernon quickly looked at the elder, back at the landscape, and then went to the steps.
âS-Sorry, I got distracted.â He says.Â
Seungkwan ran up to the group once they each stepped a foot into the base.Â
âMY NONIE IS BACK!!â He screams wholeheartedly. He pounces Vernon with open arms, showering him with sweet smooches all over his face. Vernon didnât have the energy to fight back, accepting each kiss with gratitude. Chan and Seokmin eventually come to the group with Seokmin giving a peck to Joshua and Chan welcoming Vernon with just a hug.Â
âWhat, I donât get a kiss attack from you?â Vernon says fake offended. Chan gives him a bright smile and laughs.Â
âMaybe I can do that later. Somewhere...more private.â Vernonâs eyebrows rose and he scratches his head in embarrassment.Â
âGood job making it back safe and sound, guys,â Seungcheol says from afar. âWeâll take a look at your findings in a bit. Jihoon, Soonyoung, and I were just discussing some group matters and ways to update the baseâs security.â
âDid...anything happen while we were gone? The base looks the same.â Mingyu asked.
âNo, but since the raid, we need to take more precautions. Canât have anything like that happen again.â
âI see...â
âHow was the trip?â Soonyoung asked curiously.Â
âOH, it was great!â Mingyu said while walking towards him. He rattled off all the details about what they saw and what he mainly ate. He even brought out the treats he said he would share.Â
âHe says itâs great, but he forgets the part about us getting attacked.â Wonwoo mutters.Â
âYOU GOT ATTACKED??â Both Seungkwan and Seokmin exclaimed in unison.Â
âWhat? You guys act like we just started to become targets yesterday. This was nothing. Just a couple of shitheads trying to steal our stuff, but we easily handled it.â Wonwoo and Joshua set their backpacks full of treasure on the nearest table, emphasizing their weight. âWe gathered lots of shit that I think Seungcheol will like. I also snagged some Himalayan salt for Mingyu to cook with.â The main vocalists looked at the bags in awe and cheered, hearing that Mingyu will make something tasty for them.Â
âAlright, I think weâve covered what we needed to for now. Letâs see what you guys got.â Seungcheol walked over to the bags, opening them to show off the various jewels and stones shining brightly. His smirk was showing amusement and pride. He picked up a piece of jade and showed it to the team.Â
âLook at that, gentlemen: pure, authentic, rich-worthy jade. We can make millions off of this!â The group all congratulated the Nepal team for their success, knowing they put their lives on the line yet again. However, one particular member was watching from the background. Jeonghan was standing from around the corner, seeing his members ogle over some rocks. His arms were firmly folded across his chest, and he didnât have a smile like the rest of them did. No, he was rather upset, disgusted, torn by the greed the guys succumbed to. He sneered at the sight, and once he got fed up enough, he disappeared into the hallway, retreating into his and Seungcheolâs bedroom.
Nighttime had fallen, and most of the members were fast asleep. A certain couple decided to spend more time being awake than taking their well-needed sleep.Â
âIâm so glad weâre back home. Iâll miss Nepal, but being here is cozier.â Mingyu said, stepping out of the steam-filled bathroom after taking a shower. Wonwoo peered up from a book he was reading in bed, smiling warmly at his tall boyfriend.
âWell, Iâm glad you enjoyed yourself, babe. Iâm also glad you didnât slip off that damn cliff and vanished into thin air.â Mingyu scoffs.Â
âW-Wait, you knew I almost fell off?? Joshua hyung was with you! You guys were well ahead of us!â
âRemember, Gyu, Iâm well observant of my surroundings. It was a good thing Hansol was there to get you. Otherwise, you wouldâve been a goner, and I wouldâve been the only single member in the team.â Wonwoo joked.Â
âThatâs not funny!â Mingyu pouted, patting over to his lover and plopping down aside of him. âBesides, who would you even go for if I were to die?â Wonwoo was about to think it over until Mingyu cuts him off. âActually, I donât want an answer. Forget it.â Wonwoo smirks in a taunting matter.Â
âHow about I show you how much I love you instead and express how grateful I am that youâre still here?â He says while putting his book on the bedside table. Mingyu looks at him with a glint in his eye.Â
â...How will you do that?â He mutters while raising his brows. Wonwoo rolls his eyes, not surprised by how oblivious Mingyu can be.Â
âSimple.â Wonwoo lightly cups Mingyuâs cheeks and plants an adoring kiss on the tip of his nose at first, blessing the tiny mole that decorates it, then moves on to give him a fuller kiss on his lips. It lingers for a couple seconds before Mingyu is swooned by it. He embraces Wonwoo, bringing him closer to his body. Their sweet kisses lasted merely 30 seconds before they became much more heated and hungry.Â
âYâknow...we havenât...done it in a while.â Mingyu whispers between kisses. Wonwoo hums in agreement. He breaks the kiss momentarily to speak.
âYou think youâre in good condition to take the lead tonight?âÂ
â...Are you asking because of my so-called âlow staminaâ with those stairs in Nepal?â Wonwoo couldnât help but laugh, muffling them in Mingyuâs neck. Mingyu clearly took that to offense and simply said, âIâll show you low stamina then.â He pushes Wonwoo off of him and causes his back to hit the mattress. Wonwoo looked up in bewilderment, shocked to see the sudden change that took over Mingyu.
âI-I didnât mean it like that, Gyu! I-I just- ah!â Mingyu bit Wonwoo on his neck, forming a tiny spot on the column.Â
âI donât want to hear another excuse coming out of you. All I want to hear is my name and how good Iâm fucking you.â Mingyu growled. He wasted no time and traveled down Wonwooâs body, admiring the muscles he was beginning to form. He kissed at his chest, teasing his nipples with his thumbs.Â
âYouâre so fucking hot, babe. All the work weâve been doing made you all strong.â Wonwoo whimpered at the praise, squirming under Mingyuâs touch. Mingyu took a nub into his mouth and massaged the other, tending to both at the same time. He got bored of it immediately, only wanting to get Wonwoo riled up enough to start begging. He figured he would try something new and see if they both like it.Â
âMm, for teasing me so much today, I donât think you need any lube. In fact...â Mingyu strips Wonwoo from the boxers he was wearing, already seeing the effect he had on him through his weeping cock. He bends both of his legs back to his shoulders and lets a drag of saliva fall from his mouth down to Wonwooâs hole and watches it travel until it hits part of Wonwooâs lower back. Â
âGyu...are you going to do what I think youâre gonna do? We-We havenât done that before...â
âI know. But, I think you will like it if we do try. Do you want to?â With a reddening face and a shy nod, Wonwoo approved. Mingyu grins and mutters âcuteâ under his breath. He took a second to recollect his composure before licking a long strip along Wonwooâs ass. It sent shivers throughout Wonwooâs veins that even Mingyu felt. The more he continued, the more pleasure he felt, and sure enough, he was into it. Wonwoo was choked up on his moans, half of them becoming more gasps than actual moans. His hands darted to Mingyuâs head when Mingyu decided to fuck him with his tongue. His hole took it without hesitation.Â
âFuck, Gy-Gyu...ah, y-your tongue...!â He managed to sputter out. Mingyu was glad he had his older lover under his control, taking everything he gave him. He sent Wonwoo into a frenzy once he started to add fingers. His neediness grew until he deemed it too unbearable to handle.
âN-Need you now, Gyu...please, I-...shit, please fuck me.â Mingyu marveled the work he created, looking at how drenched Wonwooâs ass looked and how disheveled Wonwoo was: face in a lovely hue of scarlet red, hair mussed, and glasses teetering off the tip of his slanted nose.Â
âLet me take these off of you before you lose them, cutie. Although, itâs nice to see them fall off when you wither and shake.â Mingyu finally teased him back, placing the glasses near Wonwooâs book. Mingyu straightened his cock to slide it against Wonwooâs cheeks and hole, wanting to hear one more beg from Wonwoo. Wonwoo was already antsy as is, awaiting Mingyuâs cock which seemed like it took a century.
âFuck me already, Mingyu! Câmon...â
âIâd rather make love to you tonight for a job well done on our mission, but Iâll fuck you like the slut you are towards the end, alright?â Wonwoo huffed in frustration, but all annoyance flew out the window once Mingyu sheathed himself inside his greedy hole, bottoming out in one swift movement. Due to not having sex in a long while, the stretch caused a minor burn around the ring of muscle. Mingyu still had enough kindness to let Wonwoo adjust and started to move once Wonwoo gave the okay. The drag was present, but it became better when Wonwoo loosened up. He felt full, in multiple ways: full of love, full of pleasure, and full of cock.Â
âMingyu, it f-feels so good...I missed your cock so much.â Wonwoo said with a dazed smile. Mingyu smiled back, leaning down to give Wonwoo a kiss and to pick up his speed. His hips made contact with Wonwooâs ass with each thrust he made. Wonwoo continued to whine and whimper, wanting to rock back against him but unable to because of his legs in the air.Â
âYour little ass just takes my dick so nicely, babe. It must really miss me, just as much as I missed fucking you.â Mingyu smugly said. Wonwoo bit his lip.
âSh-Shut up. N-Next time, Iâm fucking you, and I-I wonât hold back.âÂ
âThose are some fighting words. Canât really do much while youâre folded in half.â His pace quickened once again and his thrusts became harder. The skin-on-skin contact became more audible along with Wonwooâs cries and Mingyuâs curses and grunts. Wonwooâs cock was seeping with precum, coating his lower abdomen and the fleshy tip. He desperately wanted to touch himself, but he knew Mingyu would not allow it once he is in control. He tried to convince him by stroking his arms and enhancing his needy moans.Â
âWhat is it, baby? What do you need?âÂ
âT-T...Touch me, please. Please, I need more...âÂ
âMm, okay. Itâs the least I can do.â Mingyu snaked his hand in between him and Wonwoo and gripped Wonwooâs cock with enough pressure to make him squeal. He twists his wrist and strokes at the same pace as his thrusts. Wonwooâs back rises from the bed a few inches, slamming back down once he got through a major wave of satisfaction. Heâs now panting and whining more than usual, his hands finding purchase on Mingyuâs sturdy shoulders. He hasnât felt this good since the last time they fucked which was when he got promoted to detective and bodyguard. They havenât had the time nor reason to properly have sex; the stress, training, and intervening of the mafia business placed a damper on their personal love lives. Although they managed through heavy make-out sessions and occasional blowjobs, those could never beat what Wonwoo has been through tonight.Â
âFuck, Iâm close. Please, Mingyu, can I c-cum for you? Iâve been so good, you fuck me so well.â Wonwoo pleaded. Mingyu hummed lovingly, giving his all at the end and abandoning jerking Wonwoo off. He leaned down to press his forehead against Wonwooâs, listening to his heightened yells.Â
âListen to yourself. I told you Iâll fuck you like the slut you are at the end. You really have been good for me, but you surely wonât cum before me. You cum when I do, okay, baby?â Wonwoo stared at Mingyu, holding on to the last bit of willpower he had. He nodded quickly to answer him. Mingyu was already close, plowing into Wonwooâs prostate and watching him take everything he gave. Wonwoo whimpered nothing but pleas and praises towards the younger. That brought Mingyu over the edge as he fucked Wonwoo senseless. He groans deeply, releasing his hot load until it flows out of Wonwoo. He tells Wonwoo to cum, and Wonwoo spits out white ribbons on his chest and on Mingyuâs. Mingyu stares at Wonwooâs withering form go through an intense phase of his orgasm. He leans down to kiss his cheek as he goes through it, stroking his slightly dampened hair to calm him down. Wonwoo holds onto Mingyu for support, lightly crying and mewling. Once he calmed down, Mingyu slowly pulls out of Wonwoo, making the older male whine from the emptiness. They both share a kiss, truly expressing the love they have been meaning to show. Quietly, as if theyâre the only people in the world, say âI love youâ with honeymoon-like smiles across their faces. Mingyu rose up and saw the damage he had caused: Wonwoo was even more of a wreck, and his chest was coated in his own cum. His hole was ruined and stained with his cum, some of it trickling out very slowly.
âMy, both you and I came quite a lot. I say letâs not have this go to waste.â Before Wonwoo could register what Mingyu said, Mingyu was already searching for a plug. He finds a small, blue, and metal plug with a sapphire encrusted in the handle. He lifts one of Wonwooâs legs up again and stuffs it snugly into his hole. Wonwoo jolted from the intrusion and moaned out in a slightly high-pitched tone.Â
âThere we go. As for your cum...I think itâs too late to lick it up, so weâre gonna have to clean it off sadly.â Wonwoo slightly looked disgusted by the way Mingyu phrased that, but lets it slide as he was being cleaned up with a couple wet wipes. âAll clean!âÂ
âGod, you really outdid yourself this time, Mingyu. I hope I can experience an orgasm like that again sometime soon.â Wonwoo said, hoping for another session in the future. Mingyu was getting himself situated under the covers, pulling the older into his arms.Â
âIâm sure weâll find another time to ruin you some more.â Mingyu chuckles. Wonwoo exhales through his nose, pinching Mingyu on his side.Â
âDonât forget. Iâm in charge next time. Youâll regret your teasing from tonight.â
âIâm sure I will, babe. Letâs sleep. I feel like tomorrow is going to be another hectic day.â
Weâre moving right along with chapter two, baby~ Things start to pick up!
Bold and italicized means text is in a different language.
Genre(s): Smut, Angst, Light Fluff, Hurt/Comfort
Word Count: 4.1kÂ
Summary: Something drastic happens at the base. Also, Mingyu, Wonwoo, Joshua and Vernon go on their mission.
These next few days have been forlorn and stormy. It put everyone in a sour mood, making the environment tense and almost awkward. The group had a couple of tasks to take care of, so they minded their business individually. Even the couples didnât swing by their partners and give them any touches or words of affection. It made a few of them antsy from lack of attention, especially the younger members. You would hear a few puffs of agitation from Seungkwan or a sigh of sadness from Seokmin. Other than those noises, the sounds of keyboard keys tapping away, papers shuffling, and pen writing filled the silent space. Typically, every 3-4 days, a few members would be out to go on their mission, but since the weather was so shitty, they decided against it and would wait until tomorrow. It was unfortunate that every single member stayed at the base...
*BANG*
The baseâs garage door explodes, causing the door pieces to fly everywhere. Everyone was in shock at first, but their minds quickly switched to battle mode as they duck behind a table or desk and grabbed a nearby weapon. A black van zooms through the base, toppling over multiple tables and desks. Bullets immediately spread everywhere, causing dents in the walls and holes in all of the chairs and desks. Seventeen waited for the fire to cease and prepared to shoot until a figure emerges out of the van and a loud, booming voice echoed through the base.
âYo, you dumb shits! We told you to give us our fair share of loot. Where the fuck is it?? We donât have time to wait all goddamn day!â It was none other than Bangtanâs leader, Namjoon. He had three of his boys with him, carrying the same artillery that Seventeen had. Each one of them including Namjoon had a rough appearance with tattered clothing, shaggy hairstyles, and cigarettes or toothpicks hanging out of their mouths. It was the complete opposite of Seventeenâs attire and look. They were known as being the ârough housesâ of the gang/mafia scene. They tend to butt into other gangsâ business and claim that they owe them half of their stash when in reality, they donât owe them a dime. When they acknowledge this and confront Bangtan about it, it usually results in an ambush. Namjoon has a very short temper, and he hates to be denied, ignored, or confronted about any matter, big or small. Heâll go to any length with murdering a gang that he finds useless or troublesome. In all of the gangs he has murdered, most were Seventeenâs allies because he believes Seventeen to be his number one enemy. If he takes them out one by one, no one can assist them. There are a few he has yet to get rid of including Monsta X because they are too skilled and smart when handling meddling gangs. This time, however, he plans to get his ultimate revenge.
âCome on out, Seungcheol. I know you and your dim-wit members are hiding. We ainât leaving until we get our shit.â His member, Yoongi chimes in.
âYeah, and donât forget: You killed off one of our guys, so we have to do the same. I know exactly who Iâm going for too.â He laughs maniacally. Yoongi fires off a round of bullets in the air as intimidation.
âQuit fucking up our base and get the fuck out!â Seungcheol yells.
âIs that all youâre worried about? Your precious base? Why donât we fuck it up some more?â With that, Bangtan releases another load of ammunition all over the area. At this rate, Seungcheol was sick of this, so he and his members shot back with precision. They shot at the van and at Bangtan, leaving some wounded in the arms and legs. After being struck, they quickly retreat, knowing that this was a death sentence.
âWeâll be back, fuckers, and we wonât leave empty-handed!â Namjoon yells as he speeds out of the base and into the pitch-black stormy weather. The base looks as if a tornado flew through: scrap metal flown across the floor, desks, and tables toppled over, and walls dotted with holes. Everyone stood from their hidden spots and eyed the catastrophe. It took them months to repair the base, only to have it ruined again. Each couple ran to each other to make sure their significant other(s) were okay. Seungcheol was the most worried, holding Jeonghan tight to him and refusing to let him go. When Bangtan invaded, Jeonghan wasnât near him, and it had his heart bumping and mind racing 100 miles an hour.
âBaby...baby, baby, my God, are you alright? Fuck...you werenât by me, I was worried about you...Iâm such an idiot, I canât leave you alone...â Seungcheol rambled on and on. Jeonghan knew this would happen, but he comforted Seungcheol nonetheless, holding him close and rubbing his back.
âCh-Cheollie, Iâm alright. Please donât worry.â Jeonghan simply says with an airy laugh. Seungcheol steps back to look at Jeonghan in the eyes, and Jeonghan could clearly see how glossy they were. They were also tinted a light pink from the verge of tears. Seungcheol wouldnât dare cry in front of his members, but at a vulnerable moment like this, nothing mattered except for Jeonghanâs existence. His face fell, heartbroken by his husbandâs pain. Not wanting him to feel embarrassed, he led Seungcheol to their bedroom to help him calm down. The members stared at the mafia boss and Jeonghan, feeling empathetic.
âIf I was in Seungcheolâs shoes, I wouldnât know how to handle all of this...â Soonyoung softly spoke. The other members nodded in a silent agreement.
âWe better keep our guard up heavily next time...â Mingyu stated. âWho knows what those bastards will do...â
âActually, wait a minute...Seungkwan, were you not looking at the cameras?â Seokmin asked. Seungkwan looked at him offendedly.
âI-I was!! What, were you not?â
âI was too! But, how did they get through? We would have noticed the black van approaching the base. Maybe we were looking at the wrong cameras...â
âI think you guys might have been dozing off. We canât have that kind of slacking with dipshits like them. You need to keep a better eye out for intruders.â Jihoon says, biting his tongue from brutally insulting the sensitive members. Seokmin and Seungkwan nod with guilt. Joshua may have also been a culprit, but he keeps his mouth shut from any attention going to him.
After days of cleaning and making minor repairs, the base looked halfway normal. There were still bullet holes in the walls and in some of the metal desks, but those will be taken care of some other time. A repair crew was called to come fix the walls next week. New tables, desks, chairs, and computer equipment were ordered immediately along with other necessary items. The group was still on high alert after the attack, but, some members had to leave the base to go on their missions. Mingyu, Wonwoo, Joshua, and Vernon are heading to the capital of Nepal, Kathmandu. In the depths of Kathmanduâs temples were rare rubies that were worth millions. In the Himalayan mountains, semi-precious stones could be found. In their mission, they were specifically looking for lapis lazuli, sapphire, jade, amber, garnet, amethyst, and opal. Carnelian was also up for debate, but Seungcheol decided it wasnât too important: the seven other stones were more valuable. As they prepare for their leave, Seokmin gave Joshua his hug and kisses while also wishing him good luck. Seungkwan held onto Vernon for way too long, and Chan stood there, watching Seungkwan pitifully cling onto their boyfriend. He held Vernonâs hand tightly instead.
âPlease, please, please be careful and come back to me, Nonie.â Seungkwan whimpered. Vernon could only awkwardly smile and pat the older boyfriend.
âIâll be okay, Kwannie. I need to go now.â Vernon flatly said. Seungkwan finally released the poor boy, and once he did so, Chan took his chance to give Vernon a hug and kiss before Seungkwan decides to hop on Vernon again. Vernon, along with Joshua, Mingyu, and Wonwoo had their gear ready. As they said their goodbyes to everyone, they entered a gray van that waited outside and lead them to a secret, empty airport where a private jet was present. Their flight was only 5-6 hours, so there was plenty of time to plan while also eat and rest. Once they landed in a secluded area where no one could be seen, it was go time. They had assistants to help them with their personal items, delivering them to their hotel. Joshua, Mingyu, Wonwoo, and Vernon walked from their site to set up their gear and their attire to blend in with the natives. Mingyu pulled out a set of plans and coordinates to share with the other members.
âOkay, hereâs what I have laid out for us: When we enter the main part of the city, we have to look for the Pashupatinath Temple. It is the most famous temple here, and I know for a fact that there are some valuables hidden inside. If we are able to obtain a lot of them, we donât have to worry about other temples. But, if we arenât able to find anything, we would have to search some more. In desperate times, we may have to steal as well, but letâs hope it doesnât reach to that point,â Joshua interrupts him for a second.
âIf we do happen to steal and someone tries to interfere, what should we do?â Wonwoo answers for him. Â
âWe canât cause a scene. Weâll be prone to more people coming after us, and we donât need that. We have to remain on the down-low at all times, so this is where stealth skill is a high priority. I believe Mingyu would be good for that position.â
âWe also canât murder anybody in the city either. We would have to wait until weâre out of the city to do so.â Vernon adds. Joshua nods at their responses. Assuming that there were no questions left, Mingyu continues.
âAfter that, our next task would be the Himalayan mountains. Thatâs where most of the stones that weâre looking for are. There is also a cave that has Himalayan salt, and that could also be useful to us to use and give away. The only problem is that itâs a bit far from the mainland; 99 miles or 160 km. Itâs also constantly cold, so we would be goners if it reaches nighttime. We may not be able to do this all in one day, so if we just do the temples today, we can head for the mountains tomorrow. Now, as I remember Seungcheol hyung telling me, there will be people around that area, whether touring, guarding, or getting in our way. We have to carefully differentiate who is on our side and who is not. I would be mindful of people who have weapons or look more suspicious than usual. It could be possible to blend in as tourists if we have backpacks. If there are any guards, we tell them that weâre a group of tourists, so thatâs simple. Iâll have Wonwoo hyung distract them when weâre either looking for the stones or digging salt. If they get antsy, Wonwoo hyung will knock them out. However, if any gang members are after us, we just have to kill them quickly. Knife work would be the safest as to not harm the other people there and each other. Joshua hyung is the best at that, and if you need help, Iâll come to you. If Vernon sees any gang members far away, heâll have to pull his sniper out. We really donât want that to happen at any cost. If it does, Wonwoo hyung will protect him at that point... I think I went through everything. We should be good for today, but letâs keep our guard up, okay?â Everyone nods with a confident smile on their faces. Mingyu shares the smile back and stands up. âWell, letâs get to work!â
Dressed in black, casual suits or ponchos, the boys walked through the busy city, eyeing the unique architecture of the buildings and temples, seeing the various street shops selling food, clothes, and jewelry, and the locals engaging in conversation.
âWow, the street food looks so good here. Babe, can we get some?â Mingyu asks Wonwoo. Wonwoo gives Mingyu a sorrowful smile.
âIâm sorry, baby, but we didnât get our money transferred, so we canât right now. Maybe our assistants have some with them. I can ask when we go back to our hotel.â He rubs Mingyuâs back apologetically, hoping the tall boy wouldnât be too hurt about it.
âWe can also ask our allies here to send us some when they get the chance. Itâs always nice to try something different.â Joshua adds, hoping to keep Mingyuâs spirits up. As they pass by the food stands, they reach the temple. It was glorious and crowded with many people viewing it from the outside. However, not many people were inside which was lucky for the members. They managed to slide through the crowd of people and enter the temple without getting a suspicious look from anyone. In the center of the temple, there was a statue decorated with flowers and wreaths. It also looked like there were multiple offerings on the floor.
âLetâs not touch the offerings, guys. We donât want to be disrespectful,â Vernon mindfully tells the members. âWell...I guess taking things from the temple is already disrespectful in itself...â As the guys search around the temple, Wonwoo noticed something glistening near an entryway. It was a warm, golden color. It must have been amber, one of the stones they were looking for. He leaned down to pick it up and examine it closely, and it was for sure amber. It was a decent size, about the size of a tennis ball. How could someone ignore this grand rock sitting in broad daylight?
âHey, guys, I found some amber!â Wonwoo informs the team. They take a gander at the massive finding and smiled widely.
âWow, good job finding that, babe! Seungcheol is going to be happy with that.â Mingyu praised his husband. Wonwoo smiled genuinely and stored the gemstone away in his bag. The search continued on with the guys finding more of the required stones including the lapis lazuli, opal, and garnet. However, they were having some difficulty finding the rare rubies.
âSeungcheol hyung said that the rubies called the Jubilee and Crimson Flame are the ones he wants the most. I donât know if theyâre worth more or if he just likes the names...â Mingyu says, looking between creases and crevices of the stone walls. Wonwoo doubts the ruby findings.
âI donât think weâll be able to find them here. Iâm surprised we found these stones in the first place, but I believe that itâs too obvious that the ârareâ rubies would be found in the most famous temple in Nepal. I say we try the Swayam...Swaya-â
âSwayambhunath stupa.â Mingyu helps him.
âYeah, that. Itâs also called the âMonkey Templeâ. It is a huge, white temple that has eyes and a nose on the harmika. You canât miss it. Itâs a stunning temple nonetheless, and itâs absolutely magnificent inside as well.â
âIt seems like youâve been doing some research, hyung.â Vernon teases him.
âI was just interested in its design, thatâs all.â After gathering a hefty amount of stones, they leave the popular temple and Mingyu calls up one of their assistants.
âThe Monkey Temple is 25 minutes from here, so we have to ride over there.â He says.
âWould it be a good idea to leave the stones with the assistants?â Joshua asks.
âMm...I donât think I trust our assistants all that well. To be honest, they seem kinda sketchy to me. I donât know why Seungcheol hyung would hire these scumbags...Anyway, I would rather keep them with us to be on the safer side.â The boys didnât have to wait too long for their designated driver to come pick them up. There were a lot of locals in the streets, so it was a bit difficult to navigate out of the main part of the city. Already exhausted, Mingyu was starting to nod off during the ride about five minutes in. Wonwoo playfully nudged him, causing Mingyu to jolt awake.
âA-Are we already here?â He blabbered out.
âUnlikely, Mingyu. We still have 20 minutes to go.â Wonwoo says.
âAi, then why did you wake me up??â Mingyu whined. He turned his back to his husband while Wonwoo laughed it off.
When they reached the temple, they stepped out of the van to witness another mass of people surrounding the stupa. This time, it almost looked twice the size. Thanks to Mingyuâs height, he was able to see the entrance clearly. However, the stupa looked like it was guarded by armed men. Just their luck. He bent down to whisper to the members.
âGuys, keep your focus. We have some challenges to face. There are armed guards near the entrance.â He says.
âDo you see any more around the area?â Vernon asks. Mingyu rises up to search, and there are, indeed, more guards.
âI assume there are multiple entrances because I see more guards. Keep your knives ready just in case. We may have to make quick work out of this so we donât get caught.â
âI suggest we split up at both of the entrances so we donât look suspicious. Then, we can all meet up in the middle of the temple.â Joshua suggests. Mingyu nods, agreeing to the plan. The men spread out to a designated entrance, walking casually like a tourist. Apparently, there was a staircase and a road that lead to the temple, and Wonwoo and Mingyu chose the longer path which was the stairs. Vernon and Joshua had the dirt road. Despite their lengths, both pairs had to make haste and waste no time.
Vernon and Joshua got to the temple first, waiting on Wonwoo and Mingyu for about 10 minutes. Once they reached there, Mingyu was completely out of breath while Wonwoo didnât seem phased.
âWhat took you guys so long? I thought we had to be quick.â Joshua scolded. Mingyu shot a glare at him while breathing hard. Wonwoo butted in.
âThe other entryway was a staircase. There were over 300 steps, I believe. I tried to jog up there, but long legs couldnât keep up. We had to keep stopping for him to catch his breath.â Mingyu still had the energy to nudge at his more athletic husband.
âRegardless of my stamina, weâre here, arenât we? Letâs just find out items and go.â Mingyu breathlessly retorted, tiredly leading the way.
In the middle of the temple was a single bright light that lit up the whole room. A golden statue of a person with seven dragons surrounding it was in the center. The walls were extremely colorful with different people pictured on them. It was a shame that the quartet couldnât sightsee for long. While sifting through the mass of people, Mingyu spotted something that looked like it held valuables. He asked the others to watch his back when he searched it quickly. He did find some stones that were worth some value, so he sneaked them into his bag. In one of the search places, he was able to find one of the difficult precious stones.
âOh! I found some jade!â He whispered to the group. They did some light cheering before storing it away. It was a plentiful amount, enough to buy at least 3 expensive cars. âI think this honestly all we need here.â
âAre you sure? I bet thereâs plenty of other jewels or stones we could find.â Wonwoo objected.
âYou just want to look at the architecture, donât you, baby?â Mingyu teased with a smirk.
âWell... I-â
âEnough, you two! Câmon, we canât just stand here. We need to get going.â Joshua scolds once again. They both nod, the group moving to a separate space in the temple. During their search, Vernon was able to find more lapis lazuli, Joshua with more opal, and Mingyu with more jade. After that, they made their retreat, but as soon as they left one entrance together, a guard yells out for them.
âHey! You four!â Vernon was the unlucky one to make eye contact with the guard.
âGuys, I think heâs calling for us...â He warned. They all looked back hesitantly, sharing eye contact as the guard walked up to them.
âDid you steal something? You guys look suspicious.â He was a rather large and tall man with a full beard, guard gear, a huge machete, and a deep, grave voice. Vernon looked the most nervous while the other three kept their composure. They stared blankly at the guard, not understanding a word.
âDo you know what theyâre saying, Wonwoo?â Mingyu asked stupidly.
âWhat, no! I donât speak Nepali!â Wonwoo yelled.
âSILENCE! I asked you a question!â The guard bellowed. This made the couple jolt. Joshua took a chance and simply shook his head with his hands in the air. He tried to look as innocent as possible to fool the large man. The guard sneered at Joshua, staring at him up and down. âOkay...â With that, he left the men alone. They all breathed a hefty sigh of relief.
âWell...thatâs goes to show that we canât wear black and be huddled together...â Vernon said. âLetâs get out of here.â
The guys took the stairway path, zooming down the stairs like it was a race. Once they reached the bottom, Mingyu discussed the plan again.
âOkay, so we luckily found one precious stone that we have been missing: jade. We were unable to find the other two which were sapphire and amethyst. Iâm positive that they are in the mountains, our last destination. Seungcheol is going to be pissed if we tell him that we didnât find them, so this is a desperate call to action. We must find them at all costs. I said that we were going there tomorrow, but itâs best to just do it now. Are we ready to head there?â The other three men nod their heads in unison.
âAlright, Iâll call up our driver.â
The ride to the mountains was peaceful: the landscapes were wide and dotted with some of the locals exploring. Wonwoo, Vernon, and Mingyu pulled out their cameras to capture the scenery while Joshua watched them in amusement and simply gazed out his window even though it was heavily tinted. Once they arrived at the bottom of the Himalayan mountains, they reached for their larger and more dangerous gear, backpacks, and coats and heat warmers in case they get ungodly cold. Each member had a backpack to carry found items and masks on to hide their identity. Mingyu carried most of the heavier items while Joshua protected the stones, Vernon handled the coats and heat warmers, and Wonwoo had the directions, leading the way. It was quite a hike up to the middle of the mountains. They had no trouble running into any meddling gang members, but they did catch a few stares from other tourists. Overall, they paid them no mind. Before the middle of the mountains, Wonwoo spotted a small cave that looked like it had some shiny artifacts in them.
âHey, guys, I see something that looks of value in this cave. Shall we check it out?â They all agreed, knowing that this would be a good chance to take a semi-break. Vernon dug into his pants pocket to flicker on a light. The cave is illuminated with tiny crystals and gems embedded into the ground and the walls. He mainly saw emeralds, but there were the stones that they were particularly searching for.
âThis is the jackpot. Weâve struck riches!â Vernon exclaimed. Mingyu and Wonwoo grabbed for their tools to dig the jewels out of the wall. It was a tedious task, but it was worth the pain and effort. After 15 minutes of digging, a small group of three scruffy-looking men came into the cave. They suddenly noticed the quartet and dashed towards them. Joshua heard the men running and alerted the others.
âGuys, it looks like we got some trouble on our hands!â Joshua pulled out his knife to ready himself. Vernon looked back and pulled his knife out as well to defend Mingyu and Wonwoo who was still digging.
âYou guys, donât stop. Iâll help hyung out.â Vernon said, keeping his eyes forward and focused. Â âLetâs get âem, Joshua hyung!â
Summary: We see what a normal day is for the mafia group, Seventeen. Plus, Jeonghan has a gift for Seungcheol. Â
It was bright and sunny; an unusual setting for an area so gloomy. Seventeen was on their current mission searching for treasure and money that has been hidden throughout Asia and Europe. They were going to have a meeting to discuss its latest whereabouts and give reports on their closest allies with their assistance. The mafia boss was still laid up in bed, covers over him from head to toe. Not even the brightest of sunlight can cut through those sheets. A quiet knock is heard from his door, and it creaks open slowly. It was Jeonghan, the mafia bossâ tall, thin, and delicate, blond husband. He stepped through the obsidian black room and patted his husband on the side.Â
âCheollie, please wake up. Itâs time for our meeting...â All was heard was a soft grumble, and he shifts a bit. Jeonghan huffs, unable to get him out of his cave. He rubs his back and leans down close enough for the mafia boss to hear.
âIf you get up, Iâll give you a little present~â Jeonghan knew how to get under Cheolâs skin in the right ways. It convinces him enough to peek his head from under the covers, his eyebrows already furrowed upon waking.Â
âThereâs my big boss.â Jeonghan says and smiles. He strokes his dark hair lovingly and kisses it. Suddenly, in a swift move, the covers fly open and Jeonghan gets dragged down with Cheol. Jeonghan yelps as he falls into Cheolâs arms, all warm and secure.Â
âPresent, you say?â Seungcheol groggily says, his voice deep, low, and raspy.Â
âAh, yes, b-but not right now...After our meeting.â Jeonghan insists. Seungcheol chuckles.Â
âWhy donât you give me my present now? Better yet...give me a sample of my present. You know I donât like waiting.â He fists Jeonghanâs hair lightly and Jeonghan softly whimpers against his chest. Jeonghan may be persuasive in some situations, but Seungcheol always has him beat in these intimate situations.Â
âNow, baby, are you gonna be good for me and give Daddy his pre-present?â Seungcheol whispers. Jeonghan looks up at him and already sees that his eyes have gone dark. He whines some more and hides in Seungcheolâs chest, red creeping up on his face and on the tip of his ears. Seungcheol pulls his head back up and makes Jeonghan look at him again.Â
âI asked you a question. Answer it, slut.â Jeonghan shivered, his entire body chilling to the core.Â
âYes...D-Daddy...â Since Seungcheol sleeps with nothing but boxers on, the pre-present was going to be simple. Jeonghan can already feel that he was half hard, so he pulls Seungcheolâs boxers down to his thighs and immediately strokes him to full hardness. Seungcheol folds the covers to at least uncover Jeonghanâs head. Jeonghan sinks down on Seungcheolâs cock and damn near chokes for going too fast.Â
âDonât hurt yourself, babe. I need your throat for later on.â Seungcheol says. Jeonghan rolls his eyes and proceeds to suck him gingerly. The weight of his cock on his tongue made him hum happily, and it sends shocks through Seungcheol, having him hum back.Â
âFaster, Hannie, and look at me.â He demanded. His hand was placed firmly on Jeonghanâs head in case Jeonghan needed some reminding of who he belongs to. Jeonghanâs round, brown eyes stares up at Seungcheol, almost on the verge of watering.Â
âThereâs my pretty whore.â Seungcheol smiles and bucks his hip a little. Jeonghan gags lightly, but continues on and goes faster. He wants to touch himself horribly, but due to Seungcheolâs strictness, heâs unable to. He substitutes for rutting against the bed like a horny dog. Seungcheol notices this and tugs on his hair.
âAre you trying to get yourself off by grinding into MY bed?â He asks. âHow pitiful. I didnât say you could do that, did I?â Jeonghan slips off and shakes his head.Â
âN-No, Daddy. Iâm sorry...â His eyes are downcast and heâs slightly embarrassed.Â
âLook at me when you are speaking.â Jeonghan immediately looks.
âIâm sorry, Daddy. You...got me riled up.â Seungcheol smirks.Â
âDid I, huh? Do you want to give me your present now since youâre turned on all of a sudden?âÂ
âHeh, I donât think so. Iâm keeping my word.â Jeonghan laughs. Seungcheol doesnât seem to impressed and pushes his head back down.Â
âWell, if thatâs the case, letâs shut you up and finish this. The other members are probably waiting for us.â He keeps his head down and thrusts upwards, causing Jeonghan to gag more and whine. He braces his hands on Seungcheolâs thighs and takes what heâs given. His eyes start to water and eventually, his tears fall down beautifully, sliding down his cheeks. His throat starts to burn, but he wouldnât dare tell Seungcheol to stop. That would result in an hour-long punishment at tops. Seungcheol begins to audibly moan and grunt loud, signifying his orgasm coming. He doesnât warn Jeonghan and just cums down his throat, Jeonghanâs nose against Seungcheolâs trimmed pubic hairs. He swallows it all, not wanting to disappoint his stubborn husband. Once he rises, his clears his throat and wipes his mouth clean. Seungcheol brings him down for a sweet kiss, his way of saying âGood job in taking my seed, babyâ. He could taste himself against Jeonghanâs tongue, but he doesnât care in the slightest. Jeonghan looks disheveled, but Seungcheol swipes his hair back and gives him a fond smile.Â
âI love you so much, Hannie.â He says with a cheeky smile. Jeonghan just laughs in response.Â
âYeah, I love you too, Daddy.â With another kiss, he rises from the bed and straightens up his suit. He still has an erection, but itâs not quite visible, so he just ignores it. Seungcheol gets out of bed and stretches, his bones popping here and there. He takes a quick shower and finds whatever suit he deems fitting. It was a navy colored suit with his groupâs emblem on his breast pocket. He didnât bother styling his hair, and he sprays some fancy cologne to maybe wake him up a bit more. It was a strong, woody scent that heightened his senses. Plus too, Jeonghan loves it on him, so itâs a win-win.Â
As he steps out of his bedroom, he is greeted by his fellow members all sitting at the grand, circular table in the middle of the base. Some look agitated at Seungcheolâs lateness, and some look dead inside. Seungcheol avoided everyoneâs gaze and sat at his rightful spot at the end of the table.Â
âSorry for the wait, everyone. I hope you didnât have to wait for me for too long.â He announces.Â
âYeah, a good half an hour isnât too long...â Jihoon mumbles irritated. He is Seungcheolâs right-hand man and happens to be the smallest member of the group. He hates having to wait on Seungcheol when he fucks around with Jeonghan or is just late in general. If anything, heâs more strict than Seungcheol is. âLetâs get on with this fucking meeting already.â
âAlright, then...So, our first order of business is the whereabouts on the treasure. Weâve indicated that our key areas include the Scandinavian countries, more so Denmark, Sweden, and Norway, mainland Europe: France, Germany, Belgium, Switzerland, Italy, and Spain, parts of Southwest Asia: India, Nepal, Thailand, Cambodia, and the rest in China, Korea, and Japan. Do we have any reports on these specific areas?â Jihoon gives his report on Europe.
âIt seems that weâve found and captured about half of the treasure within Sweden and Norway, but Denmark has been a bit of a challenge. Additionally, mainland Europe, except for Switzerland and Belgium, have been excruciatingly difficult. The inhabitants there refuse to give their treasure to us, so I believe we may have to use brute force to convince them otherwise.â Junhui, one of Seungcheolâs secretive and expert assassins, gives his report on some parts of Asia.Â
âAs for the Asian areas, India, Nepal, Thailand, and Cambodia have exquisite jewels hidden somewhere in local shops and out of their cities. Iâm afraid that we have to keep digging and hunt for them. It may be a dangerous hunt, though. Some of their guards are securing the areas as we speak, but weâve sent out some of our allies over there to retrieve it for us.â Minghao, Seungcheolâs other expert assassin and Junhuiâs husband, gives his report on the rest of Asia.Â
âI have contacted our allies in China to retrieve the treasure secured in the multiple temples we have found. In Korea, we have Monsta X assisting us in finding treasure in Daegu, Jeju-do, Busan, and Nami Island. However, it appears that they have been having difficulties with the enemy, Bangtan. They have been interfering and demands a large portion of our findings. If they get in our way again, we may have to fend them off. Besides that, in Japan, weâve found some rare rubies and emeralds in Shinjuku and Hokkaido. A few of our expert Japanese allies are already on their way to send the treasure to us. That concludes our reports for the day.âÂ
âExcellent. Well, I believe we have to do some contacting in Europe in order to get the treasure from there. Southwest Asia seems to be taken care of with our allies there, and fucking Bangtan...â Seungcheol rubs his temple. âThey just donât know when to stop. Itâs frustrating enough to find the damn treasure, and now they want a piece of it? I already told them they couldnât have it, and I donât have to owe them a single fucking dime.âÂ
âYou know they never listen, so we might as well whoop their ass and call it a day.â Soonyoung, Seungcheolâs other right-hand man and Jihoonâs husband, says.Â
âItâs not as easy as you think, Soonyoung. They may be outnumbered, but they know more devious ways to beat us. Weâve been lucky so far, but they know how to get under our skin and make us go berserk, causing us to lose our conscious and make reckless mistakes. We have to be on high alert because of them. Thatâs why we have Monsta X to keep our heads leveled. I feel bad for them for having to deal with our enemy more, but our base is bigger and more prone to attack because of our storage for treasure, and they have the same number of members as they do, so theyâre even. I have to repay them someday.âÂ
âUnderstandable...â Soonyoung was speechless after the mini-rant.Â
âDoes that conclude our meeting?â Seungcheol asks the group. No one spoke a word, but some simply nod their heads to respond. âOkay. Iâll send everyone off then.â Everybody rises from their chairs and go to their assigned places.
Seventeen is divided according to their own special skills. Jihoon and Soonyoung are Seungcheolâs right-hand men, but they are also great detectives, just like a couple of other members. Junhui and Minghao specialize in Chinese-style martial arts which makes them perfect for the assassin role. Other members include boyfriends Joshua and Seokmin, who work with the technology. They handle the security cameras, computers, hacking, and special devices in case the group is in a dire situation. Seungkwan also works in that department. Vernon and Chan, both Seungkwanâs boyfriends, work in the armory along with Mingyu. They make sure every single gun is in proper working order, handle the ammunition supply, and train the members constantly on their shooting accuracy. They also place guns under their desks and in their offices in case an ambush occurs. Some members are given the role as snipers while others take care of the heavier machinery and closer range artillery. Lastly, there is Wonwoo, Mingyuâs husband. He is mainly a treasurer for the stolen goods and treasure they find, a detective, and a bodyguard when some members go alone on specific missions. Mingyu is also a part of the bodyguard role, either with Wonwoo or with other members. Jeonghanâs role is quite complicated. He goes wherever Seungcheol goes, and he is mainly a negotiator. He is also a detective like Jihoon, Soonyoung, and Wonwoo. While in Korea, he answers calls to other allies across the globe to find any useful information. He also follows Seungcheol to his missions and negotiates with him. Seungcheol tends to blunder deals carelessly, so Jeonghan has to step in to persuade dealers correctly. Seungcheol is also very protective of Jeonghan, so he canât stay at the base by himself or go on his own missions, even with other members with him. Seungcheol says the members might kill him off accidentally, so they lose their lives as well.Â
Joshua, Seokmin, and Seungkwan look over the security camera footage, only viewing the gorgeous daylight and the abandoned surroundings of the base. Seungkwan sighed to himself.Â
âMan, itâs so pretty outside. I wish I could just go out and spend some quality time with my babies and not think about the risk of getting killed at every second...âÂ
âYou and me both.â Seokmin adds. âWe didnât choose this life, but it chose us.â Joshua reaches over and pats Seokminâs back reassuringly.Â
âItâs okay, babe. When we go on our missions outside of Korea, weâll go on some dates together. Wouldnât that be nice?â He gives Seokmin a warm smile. With that, Seokmin feels some sense of relief.
âYeah...I hope that day comes soon. Iâm getting tired of this dull base...and miss time spending with you...alone.â Joshua couldnât help but laugh a puff of air. He pushes Seokminâs shoulder and he grins. Seungkwan eventually gets sick of their flirting and minds his own business with the boring security cameras.Â
Vernon, Chan, and Mingyu are in the shooting range doing some target practice. Since their last encounter with Bangtan, their aim was a little rusty, and it caused them to get struck with a couple bullets. It was nothing major, but it was too close of a call: Vernon and Chan got struck in the arm while Mingyu got hit in the leg.Â
âYou guys need to work on your headshots, especially Vernon. I see you only graze an ear or a cheek, and we need better accuracy than that. I assigned you as a sniper for a reason, so you must correct your mistakes. Chan, I would say you just need more work on aim overall. We canât have you shooting near the enemiesâ feet or in the air. Iâd hate to say it, but you have the worst accuracy out of all of us, and we need to change that.â Mingyu never meant to be harsh, but he needs to discipline somehow, and the only way he knew was to get it through his membersâ minds to do better. Chan is always up for a challenge and is always improving, so the criticism didnât necessarily bother him...Only a little. Chan frowns at his poor performance, but Vernon slides a hand on his back to comfort him. Â
âHow many rounds of practice should we do?â Vernon asks.Â
âHmm...I think three rounds should do it. Iâm making Chan do five to better his aim. In fact, every time you miss, you have to do an extra round.âÂ
âUhh, isnât that just wasting ammo?â Chan questions.Â
âDonât worry about that. We have enough funds to order more, and Wonwoo hyung and I will take care of it. Anyways, letâs get to it.â Vernon gets at a station where only sniper rifles are at, Chan grabs a pistol, and Mingyu grabs a Magnum 45. They put on their protective gear, noise-cancelling headphones, and started their rounds. Once the blaring buzzer rang, the sheets of paper targets roll out. Mingyu fires his shots rather quickly while Chan takes his time and focuses on his aim. Vernon is a quick shot as well, but he takes his time too to focus on headshots. Mingyu hits the chest area, bullet holes scattered through and through. Chan hits parts of the chest, the stomach, and thigh area. Vernon gets the neck area and parts of the face.Â
âNot bad, you guys. But, it can be better. Letâs try again.âÂ
Junhui and Minghao are in an extremely large studio with various weapons including swords, spears, and knives. There is a large mirror that covers a wall, resembling a practice studio. The floor is padded, safe enough for the assassins when they do flips and land on the floor. Minghao and Junhui changed out of their suits into something more comfortable and loose. Minghao wears black sweatpants and a black tank top. He also wears a golden sash around his waist. Junhui is also in sweatpants and a tank top, but theyâre brown, and he wears a red sash around him. They stand in the middle of the room about 3 feet away from each other. They both do stretches and eventually look at each other.Â
âAre you ready, my love?â Jun says with a smile. Minghao smiles back.Â
âMore ready than Iâll ever be.â He replies. They both get into formation and begin basic martial arts moves with kicks and punches. They gradually get more difficult with turns and jumps added. Not to mention, they do this in sync. Once they finish the basics, they practice their flips. Since Minghao is lighter, he gets some aerial assistance from Junhui. When Minghao flips in the air, Junhui is there to catch him. When Minghao needs help getting higher, Junhui gives him an extra boost. There was one tragic moment where Minghao almost broke his leg because Junhui didnât catch him in time. It caused Minghaoâs ankle to get sprained, and he was under surveillance for almost a month. He wasnât allowed to go on missions or practice, so it hurt him dearly to be unable to help the team out. It also hurt Junhui because it was partially his fault for not being there in time, and to see his beloved in pain because of him. He vowed to never let an incident like that happen again.Â
Minghao stepped off to the opposite end of the studio far away from Junhui. Once he was set, he gave a nod to Junhui and started to run towards him. Junhui got in his stance, preparing to either lift or catch Minghao. If Minghao jumps before he reaches him, that means heâll catch him, and so he did. With three backflips with kicks involved, Junhui was able to get Minghao in his arms perfectly.Â
âThat was very good, baby.â Junhui praises him. Minghao looks off to the side and smiles shyly. âShall we try again?â Minghao does the same sequence of him getting caught but with different techniques begin performed. All catches were easily made, but now, it was time to move on to the lifts which were more complicated. The first one involved a lift off of Junhuiâs knee. Minghao would have to push himself off of it and do a backflip kick. Back to the other side of the room, he sprints towards Junhui without jumping and hops, placing one foot on Junhuiâs knee. Junhui then grabs Minghaoâs abdomen and pushes him up in the air, having Minghao successfully do his backflip kick. However, Minghao winced as he landed, the after effects of his sprain in the past coming through. It wasnât intense, but he could feel it.Â
âAre you alright, hon? Is it your ankle?â Junhui asks concerned. Minghao waved it off.Â
âYeah, but itâs not gonna kill me. Letâs keep going.â Junhui and Minghao did more lifting exercises including a sideways twirl kick where Minghao is being carried horizontally and a surprise attack where he slides underneath Junhui and gets lifted by his arms in case someone is fighting Junhui. That one tends to be executed poorly, so they repeated that exercise to get better at it. After about 2 hours of practice, they were starting to feel winded, sweating a ton. Minghao was weighing down on his knees, and Junhui collapsed on the ground laid out like a starfish.Â
âHah...hah...You did amazingly, babe. Iâm..Iâm proud of you...â Minghao huffed, leaning down to Junhuiâs level. Junhui chuckled exhaustedly.Â
âWell...Donât give me all the credit...You know you were great as well...â Minghao grinned widely at that and gave Junhui a kiss in adoration and as a âthank youâ.Â
Soonyoung and Jihoon sat in their office, fiddling through the mountains of paperwork and reports theyâve racked up over the years. Some were old news, so they needed to be shredded, and most were brand-new, so they had to be reorganized by date, region, and importance. Jihoon was never the one to organize a heaping mess because it stressed him out beyond belief, but Soonyoung was too forgetful and would scramble them up and possibly lose documents. Therefore, it was always a lose-lose situation. In the end, it was Wonwoo or Jeonghan who have to clean up their messes. Jeonghan would complain to Seungcheol that they needed to get their act together, but Wonwoo really didnât care in the slightest.Â
âGod...Why did we decide to do this? This is fucking maddening...â Jihoon curses to himself, slamming down the older papers. Soonyoung just looks up at him with a dissatisfied expression.Â
âWe never decided anything, Jihoon. We were forced to do it...â Soonyoung mumbled. Jihoon shot his gaze back at Soonyoung.Â
âI know that, dumbass, just-â Soonyoung was really irritated by that insult.Â
âHey! Would you cut your shit? I didnât make us do this, I donât deserve to be called any names!âÂ
âDonât you fucking yell at me! Iâm already pissed off as it is.â Jihoon fired back.Â
âThatâs your own fault for being such a stingy, angry bastard!âÂ
âI will literally punch the fuck out of-â
âHEY.â Seungcheol busts through the door looking furious at the bickering couple. âTHE BOTH OF YOU, STOP YOUR FUCKING ARGUING NOW.â Jihoon and Soonyoung both felt the blood drain from their bodies, but as stubborn as Jihoon is, he wouldnât give up a fight.Â
âNo! Seungcheol, you cannot pay me a single fucking penny to go through all this shit everyday! Itâs killing me! Steal somebody and get them to do this shit!âÂ
âI donât pay you shit to begin with! And I wouldnât pay you regardless because all you do is bitch and complain! You were given this position for a reason, and I expect you do it whether you like it or not. If not, expect to be on the streets and never come back. Do I make myself clear?â Seungcheolâs head seemed like it was steaming because of the disrespect he received. Jihoon couldnât fight back after that second to last statement. He would give up his own life than going back outside without somewhere to be, especially without Soonyoung. His lips were tight shut, but Seungcheol wanted an answer out of him.Â
âYes...sir...â He whispered defeatedly. Seungcheol then stepped out of the office and slammed the door. The room was dead silent with anger, disappointment, and regret. Jihoon stood in the middle of the office with his fist clenched tightly and shaking. Soonyoung wouldnât dare come close to him or he would really get punched. Instead, he let his small husband battle his thoughts and let him decide what his next move would be. Jihoon peered up at Soonyoung, who had a look of fear on his face. Jihoon never meant to insult him like that, nor did he ever want to scare him either. His fists became undone and he lets out a sorrowful sigh and softened his features.Â
âSoonyou-...Baby, Iâm so sorry I lashed out at you. Iâm just...so stressed out all the time. I know this is our lives now, but I canât ever imagine being outside alone without a place to be...especially without you...Running the risk of getting killed, knowing that I canât protect you...â He was starting to bite his lip a little hard. âPlease...forgive me. I didnât mean anything that I said.â Soonyoung teared up, rushing towards Jihoon to hug him.Â
âI-Iâm sorry too, Hoonie...I donât ever want to leave you...â Soonyoung sniffled as tears pooled on Jihoonâs shoulder. Jihoon hugged back, burying his head in Soonyoungâs chest.Â
It was evening time, and everyone was enjoying dinner. The security camera boys ordered chicken, tteokbokki, and soju in case anyone wanted a stress-reliever. Everyone sat at their meeting table, demolishing every piece of chicken and slurping on spicy tteokbokki. Soonyoung and Seungcheol were unaware that the tteokbokki was spicy, so they had to down some water. This caused the group to laugh at them with no sympathy. During dinner, there were some serious and light-hearted discussions mixed in the overall conversation of the group. It went from wondering when theyâll be able to live a better life in the future to an embarrassing childhood memory Seokmin and Seungkwan had. All was in good fun except for the serious moments. After dinner, everyone went their separate ways, couples sticking together and going to their joined bedrooms. While the others planned to go to sleep, Seungcheol and Jeonghan had another idea in mind.Â
âSo, sweetheart, what is this special gift you got for me?â Seungcheol will never let this go unnoticed until the action has followed through. Jeonghan laughed out loud at Seungcheolâs persistence.Â
âPatience, Cheol. Iâm going to retrieve it now.â Jeonghan says almost slyly.
âItâs not like Iâve waited all day for it, but okay.â Seungcheol waits on the bed while Jeonghan oddly goes to the bathroom and locks the door. Seungcheol cocks an eyebrow up in confusion but lets it slide. It didnât take Jeonghan very long to come out, but what Seungcheol saw had his eyes bugging out.Â
âTa-da~â Jeonghan was dressed up in a pastel pink set that had the straps crossing his chest. The panties were designed in the back to accentuate his ass. He was also wearing white thigh highs with a lacey design on top. Jeonghan was about to make his way to Seungcheol, but he beat him to it, standing up quickly and rushing towards him.Â
âShit...You made me wait all day for this?â Seungcheol questioned. Jeonghan giggled.Â
âI didnât expect you to be so eager about it.âÂ
âWell, youâre wrong. You look stunning, baby. Itâs too bad it wonât be on for long.â Seungcheol dips down and nibbles the juncture between Jeonghanâs shoulder and neck.
âA-Ahh...At least keep the stockings on, jeez.âÂ
âIf you insist.â Seungcheol carries Jeonghan and tosses him lightly on the bed. He wastes no time taking off his heavy suit and undergarments, not necessarily tossing them to the side because theyâre too expensive. He climbs on top of Jeonghan, giving him light kisses and caresses. He wants him to beg and whine to touch him more.Â
âS-Seungcheol...~â Jeonghan starts out lowly. He hums in response but makes no progression. âQuit teasing me...âÂ
âYes, my angel?~â Seungcheol flashes a cunning smile.Â
â...Please touch me more...âÂ
âWhere, honey?â
âI donât care where. Anywhere! Just, touch me.â Seungcheolâs hand slid behind Jeonghan to grab a handful of his ass. He gave it a light tap before moving it upwards to his chest. Two of his fingers slipped underneath the pink bralette to tease Jeonghanâs tiny nipples. He squirmed under his touch as Seungcheol pinched and tugged at it. He could faintly hear Jeonghan whimper and whine, but he wanted him to be louder. It wasnât uncommon to hear the members having sex in the base. Thereâs always a straggler at night, wandering through the base for a drink or snack, and while the couple engaging in such an activity thinks everyone is sleeping, they wouldnât know that one person or multiple people could actually hear them.Â
Jeonghan eventually got fed up with Seungcheolâs foreplay. He suddenly grabbed one of his hands and placed it on his crotch, hinting at his neediness.Â
âOh...You wanted to be touched here?~â Seungcheol cups Jeonghanâs cock and gives it a light squeeze, making Jeonghanâs breath hitch and his body to twitch. He dips his hand in Jeonghanâs panties to properly touch him, languidly stroking his length and thumbing at the slit. He could feel a bead of precum trickle on his thumb. Jeonghan whines louder in Seungcheolâs ear and mutters âDaddyâ weakly.Â
âI got you, baby, donât worry. Daddy will give you what you want.â He reaches over the bedside table for a small bottle of lube. He starts to remove Jeonghanâs panties, but Jeonghan stops him.Â
âU-Uhm...you donât have to do that, Daddy...My panties...arenât covering in the back. You can fuck me with them on.â Seungcheolâs cock pulsed at that.Â
âFucking hell, youâre full of surprises, angel. Do you want to ride me or let me do all the work?âÂ
âYou know the answer to that.â Jeonghan smiles wide.Â
âI sure do, but I want to hear you say it.âÂ
âPlease do the work, Daddy. Iâm a tired baby.â Jeonghan fake whines.Â
âYeah, more like a lazy baby.â Seungcheol flips Jeonghan on his front, slicks his fingers up, and slides two fingers immediately into Jeonghan. He makes quick work by hooking right into Jeonghanâs prostate and hitting it double speed. Jeonghan was too shocked that he couldnât make any sound. He fisted the covers and held on to dear life as his orgasm almost reaches its peak. Even though heâs disappointed that his orgasm was taken away from him, he knew better than to not cum without permission. Seungcheol takes his fingers out to replace them with his cock. He pushes in with little to no resistance, stretching out Jeonghanâs hole to match his girth.Â
âMmmm~ You fill me up so well, Daddy.â Jeonghan moans out. He even scoots backwards until Seungcheol is fully inside him.Â
âIâm not gonna hold back on you tonight, Hannie. Iâm making this present worthwhile.â Seungcheol leans down to press a kiss on the nape of Jeonghanâs neck.
âMm, do what you have to do, I can take it.â
âOh, I know you will~â He firmly grabs Jeonghanâs hips and slams into him rapidly. The slick from the lube and Seungcheolâs thrusting makes tons of noise alongside his grunts and Jeonghanâs yelling. Jeonghanâs climax gets back to its original state, causing him to grow silent and breathless. Seungcheol suddenly stops in his tracks, displeased with Jeonghanâs quietness.Â
âI expect to hear my baby scream for me, not be some silent slut.â Seungcheol gives Jeonghan a harsh spank on his right ass cheek, not caressing afterwards. Jeonghan slightly inches forward due to the spank, whimpering softly.
âI-Iâm sorry, Daddy...I-I was about to cum...â He admits. Seungcheol just shakes his head with a âTskâ.Â
âYou know you canât do that until I tell you to. You better hold it in.â He resumes his fast pace, hitting right on Jeonghanâs prostate, abusing it as much as he pleases. Jeonghan couldnât refrain from screaming out loud at this point. Heâs clawing at anything he could grab, calling out to Seungcheol, and is overall a hollering, withering whore.Â
âPlease, please, Daddy, I need to cum. Can I? Let me cum for you.â Jeonghan pleads.Â
âIâm not there yet, baby. Hold out for me a little longer.â Seungcheolâs thrusts become harder as time passes by. They also become sluggish as his orgasm comes closer. He leans down once again to bite Jeonghanâs shoulder, leaving a red mark to bloom on top of it. At this rate, he knows that Jeonghan is having trouble keeping his composure. He looks fucked out, mouth wide open, and even a bit of drool dripping down the corner of his mouth.Â
âYou can come now, angel.â Seungcheol finally gives the word. Jeonghan releases below him, his cum slowly trickle down his thighs and staining their bed. After a couple more thrusts, overstimulating Jeonghan, Seungcheol fully sheathes inside him and cums, having some of it spill out, and it combines with Jeonghanâs cum. He drags his cock out of Jeonghan, spreading one of his cheeks to watch how his hole winks at him.Â
âGod, your pretty pink hole looks all used up, Hannie~â Seungcheol gives his ass a swift smack again, but not as hard as earlier. Jeonghan lays boneless, soaking up all of Seungcheolâs praises and hits. All he could do is hum in response. âShall I get you cleaned up and we can go to bed? I bet the other members heard us, but you know I donât really give a shit.â Seungcheol undresses Jeonghan and carries him to the bathroom for a quick shower. After that, he switches out the covers for a fresh set. He guides Jeonghan underneath and follows suit. Jeonghan cuddles real close and Seungcheol keeps him close. Before he could fall asleep, Jeonghan had to ask:
âHey, Daddy?â
âItâs not time for that name now, Jeonghan. Youâll make me horny again.â
âHehe, sorry...Uhm, I wanted to ask...and I donât mean to ruin the calming mood, but...â Jeonghan pauses for a moment. â...Do you ever think weâll go to a normal life? Not...stealing or having to worry about someone...murdering us?â The hold on Jeonghan gets tighter, almost unbreathable.Â
âI...I-I donât know, Jeonghan. Itâs hard living a life like this, but itâs what we have to do in order to survive. Weâre all troubled individuals. Itâs not easy to just go back into the world and be part of society again. It takes time.â Jeonghan says nothing, feeling discouraged.Â
âBut, that doesnât mean it wonât happen. Trust me, I want to live a normal life again, too. Be with you forever in our own home, get reasonable jobs, go on lavish trips. I promise you, itâll happen. Just...not at the moment.âÂ
Yes, another story in the making. However, I plan to make this a full-fledged one and have an actual plot, intense scenes, and of course...what we all want to see ;) This will deal with more heavier topics since I want to dive in more with those, so be prepared in the near future. I hope this story will turn out great!
Pairing(s): S.Coups x Jeonghan, Joshua x DK, Seungkwan x Vernon x Dino, Hoshi x Woozi, Mingyu x Wonwoo, Jun x The8
Genre(s): Smut, Angst, Light Fluff, Hurt/Comfort
Warnings: Explicit sexual content/language, unprotected sex, oral sex, rough sex, minor and major character death, rape (no aftercare and non-consensual oral sex), mental issues, Daddy kink, praise kink, dirty talk, light BDSM, Spanking, Nipple Play, Rimming, Hair-Pulling, Biting Degrading Name-Calling, Threesome/Polyamory, Dildos, Butt Plugs, Lingerie, Blood, Guns
Word Count: 309
Summary: With Seventeen living in such a fucked up society, they have to stick together in order to survive, but not everything can be easy living.Â
Nothing was the same anymore. No family gatherings, no visitations to see friends, no invitations to parties or invites to random festivities in town. All was lost in this dead, dystopian-like world. Well, it wasnât like an apocalypse, but it sure did feel like it in Seventeenâs mafia bossâ mind. He sat in his office, dark and cold to the world. He sat facing his large, glass window, viewing the midnight scene where the moon was peeking behind wispy, thin clouds. They moved slowly, not in a rush to reveal the moonâs brightness. In the surrounding area, multiple buildings stand tall but look like they have been through war. Small red and green lights blink in the distance, signifying their working status on the various security cameras plotted throughout the base. Across from the base was a bridge that lead to the main part of the city. The city was dazzling with its busying lights, but due to the baseâs tall buildings, they were blocked off from the mafia bossâ view. He didnât want to see them anyway. He was too busy pondering, too into his own thoughts to admire true lifeâs scenery. He stared blankly, hands folded in his lap, and he sighs heavily. Nothing was going right in his life apart from his fellow members sticking by his side. He lived a rather...troubled life in the past, but more dangerous than ever now. He wondered how and why he was the chosen one to live this life full of misery and regret. Every now and then, it caused his head to stir with rage, thinking about all the possible outcomes that could have prevented this upsetting occurrence. In the end, there was never any use. He would just have to live with it for the rest of his life with his members...or so he thought.
Battle It Out - (Seventeen Smut): Mingyu x Dino (Chapter 2)
(It took me a LONG while to continue this story because I was preoccupied with being in a different country for the first time...(Korea), so Iâm to say that I am back on schedule and ready to finish this!)
Pairing: Mingyu x Dino
Genre: Smut
Word Count: 3.2k
Summary: Itâs an ongoing battle between Mingyu and Dino, but who really wins in this competition?Â
Tomorrow came quicker than Mingyu thought, and he felt nervousness bubble up in his chest. Ever since Dino rejected him, he was being more cautious of his actions and words. When he saw Dinoâs invite of him wanting to join his workout, it was quite odd and out of the ordinary. Of course, Mingyu still has a grudge and his guard up, so this might be a way to get him loosened up about the situation. Dino wanted to leave the house around 2pm, so he wore a loose black tank top, some sweats, and grabbed his large duffle bag. He ran down the stairs and waited for Dino to come out of his room. He sat with Seungkwan, DK, and Hoshi on the couch. They were âfakeâ practicing for their long-awaited BooSeokSoon comeback. In the meantime, Mingyu fiddled around with his phone, looking through his social media and the news. Once Dino came down, he put his phone away in his pocket and stood up.
âAre you all ready to go, Dino-yah?â Mingyu asks. Dino nods.
âI sure am. I feel as though we need to blow off some steam, so this would be perfect for the both of us.â As he said that, they both head to the door, Mingyu trailing behind him. He sighs and mutters under his breath.
âYeah, Iâm the one thatâs going to need some steam blown off...â
Once they reached the gym, they both swiped their membership cards and headed towards the locker rooms. They placed their belongings in their lockers, filled up their water bottles, and headed to a nearby corner. They did a couple of stretches to ease their muscles into a more versatile state. In order to tease him, Dino did a couple of touches to the ground so his ass would be more viewable to Mingyuâs eye. Mingyu would sneak some peeks, but would immediately look a different way when Dino came back up. His cheeks darkened when Dino turned to face him.
âIf this is the game he wants to play, then so be it.â Mingyu thought.Â
âYou ready, Hyung?â Dino asks.Â
âI couldnât be any more ready.âÂ
They start off with a couple of dumbbell exercises, working their biceps and triceps equally. Mingyu would do more sets than he thought he would do, and he already started to break a sweat. Maybe he was a bit out of shape, but not enough to completely give up. Dino, on the other hand, had all the energy in the world and did multiple sets with no sweat at all. That was because of his exuberant determination to achieve anything his heart desires, whether be through music, dancing, or even as simple as a workout. Mingyu would gaze over once in a while at the maknae, admiring his focus. He quit using the dumbbells and moved on to do some push-ups right in front of him. For some odd reason, it made Dino stop his exercises momentarily. He was too preoccupied with the sight of Mingyuâs arms and hands becoming veiny and flexing every time Mingyu came down on his push-up. He wondered if thatâs how they would look like when Mingyu fingers him ope-
âUhm, may I help you with something?â Dino shakes out of his stare to see Mingyu looking up at him with a questionable look. Dino felt heat rise to his cheeks and he just shakes his head. While standing up, Mingyu turns on his heel with a smirk. Dino saw a glimpse of it, and it made his heart skip a tiny beat.Â
Next were the seated arm exercises. Mingyu chose the seated lat pulldown while Dino did the seated press. Mingyu changed his weight to 150lbs and Dino changes his to 125lbs. They both did their exercises respectively without causing any distractions, but Mingyu distracted himself by looking over at Dino again. Dino actually meant no harm this time, but it was Mingyuâs dirty thoughts that caused him to lose his focus. Dinoâs expressions scrunched passionately with seriousness prominent. His arms flexed with each movement, and his chest heaved with each deep breath he took. What took Mingyu over was his tiny nipples peeking through his shirt and his thighs casually being out, his shorts riding up on them because of the way he was sitting. It would be perfect to see those thighs wrapped around his waist and to tease those sensitive nipples with his tong-
âMingyu-hyung? Are you okay?â Dino calls to him. Mingyu furrows his brows and closes his agape mouth.Â
âY-Yeah, Iâm fine...â
âAre you in pain? We can stop working out if you want.â
âN-No, Iâm really fine. I just...â Mingyu really didnât have an excuse for stopping. Dino simply chuckles to himself, amused by Mingyuâs bumbling. They finish out their workout with some cardio on the treadmills. They get one side by side and turned it to their desired speed. They started off slow at first, but Dino gained speed after a while and started a light jog. Mingyu was fine going slow still, but after some time, he started to feel inferior to Dinoâs increasing speed, so he turned his up to be a little higher than Dinoâs. Clearly, he wanted this to be a competition. Dino didnât take the hint and just upped his speed again and started to actually run. It was a speed Mingyu never really did, but it wasnât going to stop him from beating Dino. He increased it one or two notches above Dino and ran like he was being chased by a murderer. Dino peered over to Mingyuâs speed, his speed, and to Mingyu who was out of breath and sweating bullets. You couldnât see it, but his tank top was drenched. Dino had to laugh.Â
âThis isnât the Olympics, you know. You donât have to outrun me.â He says with a steady voice. Mingyu ignores him and continues his useless battle. All Dino does is stare at Mingyuâs sweat-slicked hair and the really angry-looking expression he has. It was rather...alluring to look at, better than his dumb, pouty, puppy face. Mingyu loses his focus once again to see a smiling Dino and almost eats shit on the treadmill. At this point, he calls it quits and steps off the machine.Â
â...I...I think Iâm done for today...â Mingyu huffs, hands on his knees and sweat dripping from his hair and forehead. Dino patted his wet back.Â
âI knew you would be sooner or later.â After Mingyu downs whatâs left in his water bottle, they both head to the gymâs showers. They get stalls next each other and blast the shower heads with a warm and strong spray. With how loud the water is, you could barely hear the person next to you speaking. Mingyu thought it would be a perfect time to let some inner tension out of his body. He pondered back to all the expressions Dino made while exercising. He could see his toned body working overtime on the exercises. It made Mingyuâs stomach whirl with arousal and his cock spur to life. He placed a hand on the tiled wall and started to stroke at a medium speed. He had to keep his moaning to a minimum, but he did let out a couple grunts. He also whispers Dinoâs name and stroked a bit harder. It didnât take him very long to cum, wanting to get rid of this urge ever since they entered the gym. With a stifled groan, he came on the wall, and he watches it get washed away by the water. He wonders if Dino was already done, and if he was, heâs sort of fucked. As he exits the stall and wraps a towel around his waist, he sees Dino fully clothed, sitting on the metal bench and on his phone. He just so happens to look up when Mingyu is halfway around the corner.Â
âOh! I see youâre finally done.â Dino teases him. Mingyu scoffs.Â
âIt didnât take me that long! ...Did it?â Dino stands up.
âI was done for maybe, 5, 10 minutes? I kinda expected for you to take longer anyway. You were sweating quite a bit.â Dino looks down momentarily at Mingyuâs chest as a distraction and looks back up at him. âIâll be waiting outside for you, hyung.â He pats his shoulder as he leaves, leaving Mingyu baffled. Did he know? Did he hear him somehow? Was his eavesdropping on him. All these questions raced through Mingyuâs mind as he got dressed. It was meant to happen after all of that sexual tension during their workout, so he mustâve gotten the message.
Once they got home, they came to a kitchen that was rather messy. The guys had finished eating some Chinese food, and there were leftovers for both Dino and Mingyu. Dino was excited to eat again, but Mingyu sighed, knowing he would have to clean it up afterwards. He just picked up some of the more in-the-way trash like bags and empty containers and threw those away. More space was made, so both him and Dino sat at the table and ate their food. Luckily, it was still warm, so it must not have been that long since the others have eaten. Dino and Mingyu both ate in silence, way too persistent with filling their stomachs up. They were the only ones in the downstairs space besides a lurking Jun who was on the brink of passing out on the couch. He was watching a random action movie, but now, the movie was watching him.Â
âHey, after we finish, do you think we could...head to my room to chat for a little bit?â Dino suggested. Mingyu raises his brows at him.
âWhat? How come? I would think you would be tired of me today. I spent all day with you.âÂ
âThat doesnât mean anything. We live together. We spend every day together, not one-on-one like this.âÂ
âYou do have a point there...â
âWell? Will you come with me?â Mingyu bites his lip anxiously. Will he be rejected again like his last confession? Will Dino make fun of him if he does another one? He still continued to have his guard up, whatever the outcome may be.Â
âI guess...what is it that you need to say?â
âIâll tell you once weâre up there. Itâs more of a private thing.â Mingyu hums at that, slightly intrigued. As they finish up their meal, they throw their trash away, clean up the table and head upstairs. Mingyu enters Dinoâs room first, and Dino locks his door. Mingyu sits on the edge of the bed with his fingers crossed in his lap. He doesnât know what to do nor think except for thinking about whatâs going through Dinoâs head. He strides on over to the taller member and just stands in front of him. Mingyu looks up and begins to speak.
âS-So...what is it? What do you want to talk about?â Dinoâs mouth curves into a sly smile, and it worries Mingyu a bit.
âHyung...I knew what you were actually doing in the shower at the gym. It was pretty obvious.â Dino says. Mingyuâs face fell and he becomes anxious, shifting on the bed. âDid something make you want to do that?â There was no use in trying to come up with an excuse, but Mingyu tries to anyways.Â
âWh-What makes you say that? All I did was get cleaned up a-and washed my ha-â
âDonât play dumb, hyung. Just tell me the truth.â Dino sounded stern.
â...I...I couldnât help myself. Just staring at you working out, what happened at the restaurant before, everything started to build up, and I needed some relief. I was reluctant to even mention what I wanted to do to you after you rejected me, but now, I donât even know if you want to do anything with me or not...â It was the honest truth, and it made Dino slightly guilty for pushing him away. He slumps his shoulders in defeat. He then raised his hands to cup Mingyuâs face.
âMingyu-hyung, Iâm sorry for rejecting you. I thought it would be interesting to make you lust just a tiny bit over me, but I didnât think this is how it would make you feel.â At those words, Mingyuâs eyes turned dark.Â
âAll of this...was a game to you? A little joke?â Mingyuâs voice was low and intimidating. Now, Dino was the one being anxious. With a quick swoop, Mingyu flips positions and tosses Dino on his bed and climbs on top of him. He cages his legs with his own and grabs both of his wrists and places them above his head. He closes in on his face, noses touching.Â
âDino-yah, you know how sensitive I get. I donât appreciate you playing me like that. Since you were such a brat to me, you donât deserve any treatment unless you beg for it. Do you understand me?â All Dino could do was whimper and try to break free from Mingyuâs grip. Mingyu tightens his hands around Dinoâs wrists. âI expect an answer from you.â
âY-Yes, hyung...â He softly speaks. Mingyu dips between the meat between Dinoâs neck and shoulder and bites down, causing Dino to squirm and yelp. He forms a hickey in that area and moves on to the others side, doing the same to it.Â
âHyung, please...âÂ
âPlease what?â
âI-Iâm sorry, hyung. Please, Iâll be good to you, fr-from now on...I...just want you to...do something...â Mingyu raises his head to look up at him.
âI shouldnât let you off this easy, but...â He leans down and presses a kiss on Dinoâs lips, and Dino soaks it all in like he was kiss deprived. Mingyu slid his tongue across Dinoâs bottom lip, granting him access to his whole mouth. He explored every inch of his mouth, not caring that he could taste the food they had earlier. While kissing, he removed his and Dinoâs pants and underwear together, now being naked below the waist. He disconnected the kiss shortly to remove his own shirt and giving Dino a moment to remove his own. He went back in to kiss but this time with more vigor and urgency. It had Dino wrapping his arms around Mingyuâs neck and whimpering with need. He broke the kiss rather quickly to turn Dino over on his stomach. He ran a hand down his back and cupped his right cheek and gave it a tight squeeze before bringing a hand down hard. It caused Dino to jolt upwards and yell at the same time.Â
âIâve already told you what I wanted to do to this ass before, but do you really deserve it?â Mingyu questions. Dino whines and shakes his hips, causing Mingyu to laugh. âOh, so now you want me to do what I wanted to do? I want to hear you say it.â
âHyung...please, eat me out. Please. I wanna feel your tongue on me.â It was a bold statement, but Mingyu wasted no time spreading his cheeks apart, seeing his small pink hole flex around nothing. Mingyu thought âHow cuteâ before licking straight at Dinoâs hole. He could feel his thighs quiver at the contact. He ate Dino out and continued to land harsh smacks against his ass, it being partial punishment for treating him so poorly. Dino pushed his ass deeper against Mingyuâs mouth but also shied away whenever he got smacked, so it was a conflicting situation to either keep moving or stay put. While licking, Mingyu prodded two fingers against Dinoâs hole and pushed in slowly. Dino almost squealed at the intrusion, his toes curling and muscles tensing up. Feeling that he was wet enough, Mingyu bit Dinoâs ass cheek and backed away, preparing to finger Dino mercilessly.Â
âWhen I open you up, I want you to look at nothing but me, okay?â Dino nods his head fast. Mingyu bends down, locks eyes with Dino, and fingers him quickly. Dinoâs eyes and mouth widen, and small whines and moans escape him with each thrust of Mingyuâs fingers.Â
âAh ah ah ah ah ah, hyuuuuung...â He wants to look away badly, but staring into Mingyuâs fierce gaze only makes him more aroused and embarrassed at the same time. His moans go silent, signifying that heâs near his climax, so Mingyu pulls his fingers straight out of him and gets into position. He drags Dino against him, sliding his cock between his cheeks.Â
âIâm gonna make sure your legs hurt for practice tomorrow.â Mingyu smirks behind him. He enters agonizingly slow, making Dino whine loudly. That earned him a smack to the ass, his right cheek now a pretty pink. Once heâs fully sheathed inside him, Mingyu rams into Dino with full force. The whole bed rocks and bumps against the wall, the sheets escape from their corners, and some of the pillows fall off except for the one Dino is laying on. Mingyu meant it when he said he wasnât going to be nice handling Dino. All that pent up frustration and having to deal with the unnecessary rejection is being released in this very moment. Is Dino glad this fucking turned out this way? Maybe, but there are certainly consequences once this session is over.Â
âDo you like making me angry and upset? Do you like being fucked like the needy whore you are?â Mingyu whispers menacingly. Dino fists at the corners of his pillow, attempting to hold onto dear life. He felt so small and vulnerable to anything Mingyu said to him.
âI-I promise, hy-hyung. I-Iâll make it up t-to you. Y-You fuck me so good...â Dino musters up.Â
âI fucking know I do, thatâs why you can barely come up with a coherent sentence, you slut.â Mingyu drives his hips right on Dinoâs prostate, causing him to yell at the top of his lungs. His vision starts to blur and heâs seeing stars. âH-Hyung, Iâm cumming...!â He ruts against the bed, cumming untouched. He covers his lower half with his seed and stains the sheets. Mingyu continues to fuck Dino harshly to reach his own orgasm. It doesnât take him long, but it causes Dino to overstimulate and try to flee. Mingyu keeps hold of his hips until he fills Dino up to the brim, his cum slowly dripping out of Dinoâs ass. He pulls out and watches his cum go down Dinoâs legs and swiftly scoops some on his finger. He grabs Dinoâs jaw, places his finger in his mouth and watches how Dino eagerly takes it.Â
âDirty little fuck.â Mingyu mumbles.Â
âD-Does this mean youâre still angry at me?â Dino asks. Mingyu sighs and lays down next to him, his demeanor softening.Â
âI guess not, but do know next time not to be such a little shit. I know it was all fun and games for you, but it really did hurt me to go through that...â Mingyu frowns. Dino leans over and kisses Mingyuâs cheek as another apology.Â
âAgain, Iâm sorry, hyung. It wonât happen again. At least you got some of your anger out, right?â He attempts to lighten the mood, and it sort of worked.
âYeah, I believe so. You really did deserve it, though. I could have been a lot meaner, but yâknow.âÂ
âI appreciate it, hyung.â Dino snuggles on Mingyuâs chest while Mingyu covers him with his arms. âI have to admit, I really canât feel my legs at all...â
Battle It Out - (Seventeen Smut): Mingyu x Dino (Chapter 1)
(My ass had to watch some Instagram videos, and happened to be inspired by one where Mingyu wasnât speaking in a VLIVE and he randomly slaps Dinoâs ass :â) ...What have I come to...? Anyways, I hope you guys enjoy this! Itâs such a random pairing, but oh well.)
Summary: A drunk Mingyu has a sudden attraction to Dinoâs special...asset.
âHyuuuung, Iâm boooored...and hungry...â Dino whined at the tallest member. Mingyu looked over at the youngest and shook his head, knowing Dino tends to be a bit spoiled. The guys were actually on a break from schedules and had time to relax and enjoy their freedom. Most of them spent their time catching up on some well-needed sleep while a scarce amount of others went to do some activities outside the dorm. It was only Mingyu, Dino, and probably Seungkwan at the dorm, not having any idea on what to do. Other members were visiting each otherâs rooms on different floors.
âWell, what do you want to do, Dino-yah?â Mingyu asked while he washed some dishes that were lingering in the kitchen sink. Dino placed his chin on his palm, not really thinking of anything.
âMmm...Iâm not sure. What do you want to do, hyung?â
âI asked you first. I know you said youâre also hungry. Anything you want to eat?â Dino swayed his head back and forth, thinking of all the delicious meals he could have. He sighs in defeat.
âI really canât think of anything...Why donât you choose?â
âWhat are you, an indecisive girlfriend? Fine, why donât we eat...jjampong?â
âNah, not feeling any soup.â Mingyuâs mouth twitches with annoyance.
âSushi?â
âNot feeling fish.â
âFried rice? Burgers? Pizza?â
â...No, no, anddd...no.â Mingyu throws the towel he was carrying to dry a plate.
âJesus Christ, man! Make up your mind! Youâre gonna starve to death if you donât make a decision now!â Dino has a small pout on his lips as he watches Mingyu yell at him.
âWell...none of those sound appealing to me at the moment.â
âUgh...my last resort is chicken and jjajangmyeon. Thatâs what I personally want. At this point, I donât care what you want.â Dino perks up at his thought.
âThat actually sounds amazing! Letâs do that!â Mingyu rolls his eyes. He yells from across the room to ask Seungkwan if he wants to join. The reply was a little delayed but it was a denial.
âI guess weâre going by ourselves then.â Mingyu says. âGet ready. Weâre going now. I can practically hear your stomach screaming at me.â Dino nods and rushes to his room to grab his coat. Mingyu does the same and waits by the door for Dino to come back. Once he does so, he announces their departure to Seungkwan and leaves the dorm.
Mingyu and Dino decided to walk to a nearby restaurant that served the crispiest chicken and the blackest of noodles to the point where it almost looked like thick ink. The scent of noodles and chicken penetrated Mingyu and Dinoâs nostrils, making them both sigh simultaneously. They grabbed a seat by a window and ordered their food immediately. Mingyu suggested if they should drink and Dino nodded, but Mingyu limits the drinking to about 3 drinks or 5 shots since they had to walk back. Once they got their chicken, jjajangmyeon, and side dishes, Mingyu and Dino cheered their shots and threw them down their throat. They both made guttural sounds, reacting to the strong liquid. They wasted no time stuffing their faces with the crispy meat and long, thick threads of noodles. Their jaws practically worked overtime consuming each edible item on the table. They basically ate in what seemed like a rather comfortable silence aside from the bustling business of the restaurant. After a couple of minutes of devouring their food, Mingyu randomly decides to tune in on the maknaeâs pleasurable noises from inhaling his meal. He was also making faces that were too inappropriate to be associating with eating. If anything, they should be kept from the public altogether.
âQuit making sounds like that, Dino-yah...â Mingyu says with a mouth full of noodles. Dino looks right at him with a questionable face of âwhat do you mean?â. âYouâre out here moaning like youâre getting your ass ate out or something.â
âHYUNG. You CANNOT just say things like that out of nowhere!â Dinoâs face was a crimson red, and his eyes were blown wide.
âItâs too late for that. It already happened.â Dino just sighs, the statement Mingyu said causing his head and cock to stir for no reason. Itâs not that Mingyu has to know about it. Heâll just have to deal with it afterward.
âAfter that, I need another shot.â Dino says, pouring himself another drink and swiftly tossing it back. At this point, he was starting to feel its effects. He was getting warmer, and his chiseled face was lightly dusted with a rosy pink. He looked cute and hot at the same time. Mingyu ended up staring at the dancer, maybe for too long. These adorable features accompanying such a definite and mature facial structure is almost a sin to even view. He swallows his food heavily, giving him tightness in his chest as it slowly pushes down to his stomach. He shot back another drink to make it slide easier.
It took him a while to feel some sort of drunkenness, but after Dino threw back his fourth shot, he had to keep up with him. The food was demolished, leaving bones and silverware scattered on their plates. There were little to no scraps in any of their bowls.
âHy-Hyung...do we really have to stop drinking at f-five shots?â Dino whines, clearly not wanting to stop. Mingyu consciously nods, only feeling a bit tipsy.
âYes, Dino-yah. If you want, we can continue at the dorm. I got this special wine that I have been wanting to try with Minghao, but heâs been...preoccupied with Junhui hyung.â
âPreoccupied like you are with Wonwoo hyung...â Dino snickers to himself. Mingyu pouts at the younger.
âLook, itâs not what you think it is. With Junhui hyung and Minghao? Thatâs exactly what you think, but with Wonwoo hyung and me is a different story.â
âYeah, right. Donât try to deny that we havenât heard you yell Wonwoo hyungâs name and the words âfuckâ, âmoreâ, and âpleaseâ all in one sentence.â Dino smirks at Mingyu. It was Mingyuâs turn to blush a harsh red. He slams the table in protest.
âYouâre lying! None of that ever happened! God, youâre such a brat...We need to go home now. This is not the place to talk about things like this.â
âOh, now you want to not talk about sexual things after you said that I sound like my ass was getting eaten out. Tsk...â Dino raises up from his seat and heads to the door. âYou pay for the meal. This is the food you wanted after all.â Mingyuâs jaw slightly drops in disbelief, but he grumbles nonetheless and pays. He eventually reaches the door and kicks Dino out the restaurant, causing him to stumble.
âHey! Watch it!â Once he said that, he takes a tumble to the ground, face first. Mingyu looks down at the boy and starts to laugh semi-drunkenly. His fit of laughter suddenly stops when he particularly stares at Dinoâs ass. The pants he was wearing were way too fitting for him, forming nice and shapely to his thick, muscled thighs and protruding butt. It was taking Dino a while to get up off the ground without any help. Mingyu was practically frozen in place, unable to think any coherent thoughts other than the moon that was facing him. Once Dino rose up and dusted himself off, he stares daggers at the taller member.
âAsshole!â was all he could say before attempting to walk off on his own. Mingyu gulped to himself but followed him anyways.
They finally reached home after a way too long 20-minute walk which couldâve easily been five. Dino catapulted himself onto the couch where a couple other members were sitting watching a movie. Some of them complained about the intruding maknae, but others were more concerned as to why he reeked of alcohol, smoke, and meat.
âUgh, you smell awful, Dino-yah!â Seungkwan whined. âGo wash up!â
âDonât...wanna...â The maknae mumbled.
âWeâre trying to watch a movie. Can you please move? Weâre uncomfortable.â Vernon butts in. Dino shakes his head, remaining in his unwanted spot. It was then S.Coups and Jeonghan rose from their spots to lift the youngest off the other younger members. S.Coups placed Dino on his shoulder, taking him up to his room in his bathroom. Jeonghan followed suit.
âCâmon, Iâm not having you disturb our peace.â Coups said tiredly and fed-up. Dino didnât bother retreating from the elderâs arms or causing a fuss. Once they reached Dinoâs bathroom, Coups placed the drunk on the toilet while Jeonghan ran some warm water to start up a bath. Coups started to undress the maknae, struggling a bit as Dino put in zero effort to slip out of his clothes. When he was completely naked, Coups tossed his dirty clothes in a nearby hamper, and he and Jeonghan almost manhandle the boy into the bath, water escaping and landing on the ground. Dino sinks in until the water reaches his nose, and it slightly burns him. He jolts up, semi-sober.
âDonât drown in here while weâre gone.â Jeonghan says, chuckling lightly. Dino waves him off, face contorted in what looks like concentration.
After about an hour, Dino is all wrapped in a soft towel, drying on his bed. He reaches for his phone to check some messages, social media, and worldwide news. A Kakao message pops up from Mingyu. âWhat could he possibly want now?â Dino thinks to himself. The message reads:
Dino-yah, are you done with your bath? Can I come to your room?
âUgh, I thought I would be done with him for the rest of the day.â
I assume so. Dino replies. Not even two minutes later, he hears a knock at the door, and he hollers to come in. Mingyu struts his tall self inside, closing the door behind him. Dino sits up as Mingyu sits at the edge of the bed.
âHey.â Mingyu awkwardly greets him. Dino cocks his head to the side with a judging look on his face.
âWhat do you want, Mingyu hyung?â He questions. Mingyu gulps, shimmying his body in discomfort.
âW-Well,â He starts. âRemember when we were at the restaurant earlier today, and I got on you for sounding so lewd while eating?â Dino ponders and shakes his head, expression unchanged. âI...I kind of made that statement...a suggestion. Wh-When you fell, I...couldnât stop staring at your ass. It wouldnât be bad to eat your ass out, huh? Would you let...hyung do it?â Dino felt his heart race, sweat appearing on his brow, and a sudden stiffness in his body and lower regions. Luckily, the towel was thick enough to hide his stirring erection. However, Dinoâs expression changed to a hard, solid, and also disappointed look. But, that wasnât the case. He actually wanted to play this taunting game with Mingyu, just to get him more riled up, make him earn it and want more. Since he gave him such a difficult time at the restaurant, this was his method of payback.
âGet out.â He simply says. Mingyu looks back at him with an open mouth of disbelief. He closes it with a frown, and he slowly rises from the bed to head to the door. Now, he feels like such an idiot for even speaking on the matter. As he leaves and closes the door, Dino rushes to the door to lock it. The towel falls to the ground, but he doesnât bother picking it back up. He plops in the middle of the bed, legs sprawled out, and his head on the headboard. He looks down at himself, more specifically the aching hard-on in between his thick thighs. He doesnât bother grabbing lube or anything and just spits in his hand and works on his cock immediately. His body reacts instantly, twitching here and there. His breath becomes labored, and his thoughts wander to the thought of Mingyuâs suggestion. He can imagine himself face-first on his bed, head in the pillows. Mingyu is behind him, fingering his hole open quickly and deep. Dino is whimpering his name, grabbing anything he could blindly hold onto. Â Mingyu hooks his fingers to reach his prostate, and Dino hollers out a lewd moan.
âHy-Hyung...Please, more...â Dino would say. He canât see it, but Mingyu would smirk, his canine tooth peeking out. Once heâs finished fingering the maknae, he would lick a long strip to his hole. Dinoâs legs would quiver and almost give up on him. Mingyu would hold him open, eating him out agonizingly slow to make Dino suffer.
In reality, Dino quickened his pace, the sound of him stroking his cock being the only audible thing in the room. He barely made any moaning noise since he was so focused on his roaming thoughts. His breath was causing his chest to heave. He was almost near his climax until a knock was at the door, giving him a terrible jump of shock.
âDino-yah? Are you sober yet? Weâre going to have dinner. You better hurry before the rest of the members eat it all.â It was Hoshiâs voice. Dino had to clear his voice before he could answer.
âUh, y-yeah, hyung, Iâll be down.â He says. With that, he hears footsteps disappear. Dino sighs, focus completely gone and now sexually frustrated without full satisfaction. Defeated, he grabs whatever pair of pants that would cover his erection the best, a T-shirt, and he heads downstairs. He greets the other members who were surrounding the table that had drinks and three boxes of pizza and sides. His mouth immediately watered. Joshua and The8 handed plates to everyone, and the boys grabbed their desired amount of food. Everyone sat at the table, chatting about whatever, and Dino happened to look across and make eye contact with Mingyu for a brief second. Mingyuâs eyes instantly averted, going back to the conversation he was having with Wonwoo and Seungkwan. Dino smirked to himself, biting into his pizza. His mind started to get contaminated with dirty thoughts once again, and his hidden erection twitched in interest. S.Coups and Jeonghan saw him out of the corner of their eyes, wondering what the maknae was thinking about.
âWhatâs so amusing, Dino-yah?â Jeonghan asks first. Dino looks up at him and gives him the fakest innocent smile he could muster.
âOh, nothing, hyung. I just remembered something.â
âWhat did you remember?â S.Coups asks this time.
âItâs nothing too interesting, I just remember this certain incident that happened, and it was kinda funny.â
âCare to share?â
âNo.â Dino says as he sips his drink. Jeonghan and S.Coups exchange looks, but shrug it off. Dino looks right at Mingyu while drinking, and Mingyu tries to ignore it. He can feel the maknaeâs stare boring into him, and itâs making him squirm. The elder members look in the direction Dino was looking at, slowly catching onto the hint of this âincidentâ. They share looks once again, keeping this knowledge in their back pocket. After everyone was full of pizza, they disperse to their desired places. Some went back to the couch, claiming that they werenât tired just yet. Some immediately went to bed. Dino went back to his bedroom and discarded the random pair of pants and hopped into the bed. He whipped out his phone, scrolling through his messages to find Mingyuâs chat. He opened it to send him a quick and painless text:
Hyung, do you want to work out tomorrow afternoon?
Why would he ask something so...out of the blue? Either way, the message was immediately read, but the response was delayed. It was very hesitant too. Dino smirked once again. His erection he was hiding during dinner felt rejuvenated, knowing that Mingyu was acting too scared for his own good. Finally, a reply popped up:
Really?
...Thatâs all he could muster up? Jesus...
Yes, really. Do you want to or not?
Well...I thought you were mad at me or something, so I guess I can join.
Finally. Mingyu doesnât know what he got himself into. Â
Eyes Only For You - (Seventeen Smut): S.Coups x Woozi
This was inspired by...a certain video on YouTube. Also, I originally was going to title this âSuch a Whinerâ because the video contained so much whining, but I also talked about looking and gazing a lot too, so I thought it would be more fitting lol.Â
Summary: Jihoon is having some trouble coming up with a new concept for the newest album, so Seungcheol steps in and tries to help him out.
It was just a typical day in the studio. Jihoon has been going nonstop on the newest albumâs songs for three days straight. It would make sense because this album happened to be a full-length album. With all the brain power he could muster up, there was going to be the usual sub-unit tracks and the title track, which makes four songs already. However, the leader line, Booseoksoon, the 95, 96, 97, and maknae lines will get songs as well. Jihoon also decided to bring back the mixed units again. Most of the songs were finished with either its production or its entire recording. He just needed help with figuring out the last couple of songs. This was the biggest amount he composed for an album. In order for it to be spectacular, he needed the most unique ideas for a pair or pairings and a genre. Jihoon rubbed his temple in frustration, chugging down his third cup of coffee. He checked his desk clock: 3:55am. Fuck, the members must be worried sick about him. He took a couple minutes away from the computer to check his phone. Over 30 missed calls and over 50 unread messages from each member. He heaved a heavy sigh, scrolling through the endless paragraphs of worries and demands.Â
Boo: You better get your ass back home, hyung! >:( Dokyeomie wonât stop complaining about how worried he is about you...
Seokminnie: WOOZI HYUNG, PLEASE COME HOME. ARE YOU DEAD?? OH GOD, PLEASE COME BACK
Jeonghan hyung: Jihoonie, the children are becoming reckless. Donât you think itâs time to take a break and come home? We wouldnât want to send one of us over there to drag you back, especially Soonyoung lol
Kwon: Jihoonieee, if you donât come back home, Iâll have to bug you for the rest of the week. Horanghae~ :3Â
Jihoon really cringed at Soonyoungâs message, his face contorting in all forms of disgust. When he finally reached Seungcheolâs message, his heart took a sudden drop.Â
Seungcheol hyung: Jihoon, it seems that you arenât answering any of our messages or phone calls. Are you ignoring us? If you are, by the time it reaches 4am, Iâm coming over there to see whatâs up. I donât want to hear any excuses.Â
Jihoon peered over at the clock again. Five minutes passed that fast, and he started to panic. All his shit was scattered on his desk and his computer was still on his mixer for his music. He saved all his progress and closed the application. He tried to gather all his notes and documents before Seungcheol could step in the studio at any moment. The millisecond he stuffs his papers in his desk drawer, Seungcheol busts through the door with a rather disapproving look on his face.Â
âLee Jihoon,â Seungcheol states sternly. âWhat did I tell you about staying here so late? Youâre going to make yourself sick. I can see the dark circles under your eyes. Câmon, Iâm taking you home.â Seungcheol grabbed Jihoonâs wrist, but Jihoon was putting up a fight.
âHyung, wait! I just need help with a couple things. It wonât be long!â Jihoon protested. Seungcheol disregarded his pleas and forcefully pulled Jihoon out of his chair. âSeungcheol!â Jihoon yelled, dropping the hyung part. Seungcheol turned around and simply stared at Jihoon, eyes furrowed.Â
âListen to me. I know I havenât been treating myself right. I know you guys worry about me. Itâs just...Iâm in a rut. I need some help. I donât know what to do for the last couple of songs, and itâll kill me if I donât get any ideas for them now...â Jihoon explained to Seungcheol to the best of his ability. Seungcheol could only sigh in defeat.Â
âJeez, youâre stubborn. Why donât you wait until tomorrow when you have energy and a stable mindset?â Jihoon shook his head.
âIt wonât do. I wonât feel accomplished until I do it now. I want to at least get rid of this goddamn rut.â Seungcheol feels bad for this poor soul. He does so much for this team, and itâs only hurting than helping him. The amount of stress he feels must be killing him slowly. He sits down on the comfortable sofa next to Jihoonâs desk, and Jihoon sits right next to him. Jihoon rakes his hair in despair, huffing once again. Seungcheol rubs the producerâs back, coaxing him to a calmer state.Â
âHyung, Iâm so exhausted...I feel like I canât come up with anything anymore. I thought that I could make this full-length album so easy, but itâs harder than it looks.âÂ
âItâs okay, Jihoonie. Youâve done so well for this team over the years. Youâve brought us major success, and you continue to do so. No matter what you produce or come up with, weâll always be by your side. What can I do to make you feel better?â Seungcheol asks.Â
âWell...I need some sort of theme, a genre. Weâve done hip-hop, rock, funk, pop, all sorts. Weâve even done some sort of Latin-like theme for the 96 line. I canât think of another concept.âÂ
âWell...how about a sexy concept?â Seungcheol suggests.Â
âDid I not just say we did a Latin-like theme?â Jihoon bites back, but the bite isnât present.Â
âYeah, but there can be different types of sexy: Rap, R&B, blues, you name it. Why donât we try that? Better yet, why donât we moan for this type of song?â Jihoon eyes darted at Seungcheol, his pale cheeks becoming inflamed with red.Â
âWhat?? Wh-Why would we moan in a song like th-that? I would rather not...â Jihoon refused. Seungcheol chuckles.Â
âCâmon, it wouldnât be that bad. Besides, I doubt itâs the first time weâve moaned in a song. Imagine hearing your moans in a song, Jihoonie.â Jihoonâs eyes widen at that.
âI would never! Hyung, câmon, get real. Where are you even going with this?â
âIâm just saying it as a suggestion. But, you would sound really cute if you did.â Seungcheol couldnât hide the smirk on his face. It was evident that he would want to hear Jihoonâs high-pitched whines and squeals on a track, making everyone melt for him. Even better, he would want to know that he was the one making Jihoon squeal on that track.Â
âHyung...Why would you...âÂ
âJihoonie, let hyung take care of you.â Seungcheol finally says, scooting closer to Jihoon, towering over him on the sofa. Jihoon immediately starts to shake and panic, eyes looking everywhere except at Seungcheol. He places his hands on his broad chest to attempt to push him back.Â
âSeungcheol, no, I-I need to work...â His plea only goes through one ear and out the other. Seungcheol absentmindedly nips at Jihoonâs jaw, giving it tiny love bites and wet but lovable kisses. Jihoon isnât used to this type of affection, but when it happens, it riles him up almost too quickly. He tries to not let any pleasurable sound escape out of his mouth, but his body rejects him by shivering to Seungcheolâs burning and sensational touches. Seungcheol could only laugh airily, amused by the young producer.Â
âJihoonie, you know if you donât make any sound, we wonât know what you would sound like on one of your songs.â Seungcheol whispers in Jihoonâs ear. âDo I really have to make you moan myself?â He readjusts his position so that he was completely on top of Jihoon. Jihoonâs legs were spread, and there was no way he could run away from this. His little pants were the only sounds that were audible in the soundproof studio. Experimentally, Seungcheol ground his pelvis roughly against Jihoonâs, causing him to loudly emit a high-pitched yell. Seungcheol could feel Jihoonâs half hard-on, and it only urged him to continue.
 After nipping on his jaw for what seems like hours, Seungcheol made the move to softly kiss Jihoon. The kiss was long on purpose so that Jihoon can relish it and hopefully succumb to his defeat; overall, it worked. He let out small, whiny noises as he kissed Seungcheol with neediness dripping for his voice. He opened his mouth wider so Seungcheol can explore his mouth; every ridge, every space, every inch. Jihoon wanted nothing but Seungcheol as he pulled him closer by the head and ground against him. Seungcheol grinned against Jihoonâs mouth, laughing again.Â
âMy, are you getting desperate, baby? I bet you needed this badly, huh? Such a good, little hard worker for us. Let me relieve all that pent-up stress for you.â Seungcheol removed his heavy sweatshirt and sweatpants, already halfway nude. Jihoon gawked at him without saying a word, face and ears gradually changing color. Seungcheol took the initiative to remove Jihoonâs clothing while he stares at him. It was Seungcheolâs turn to stare at Jihoonâs lithe but toned body. His pretty pink nipples were pert and looked cute enough to ravish with blooming purple and red marks. Seungcheol dipped down towards Jihoonâs chest and lapped a nipple right into his mouth. Jihoon practically keened at the action, moaning out Seungcheolâs name. His buds were overly sensitive, so any attention they get would send Jihoonâs senses into overdrive. Seungcheol swapped between the two buds until they both were painted with vivid crimson and violet hues.
He then moved down to Jihoonâs crotch, seeing that his cock was standing proud against his pants, ready to be relieved from the constraints. He pulled them down and watched out wetly his cock slapped on his stomach. He placed a curious finger on the tip where a bead of precum was making its appearance. Jihoonâs cock twitched in interest while Jihoon himself shivered.Â
âWow, youâre really pretty, Jihoonie. Makes me think if I should fuck you right away or suck you off first.â Jihoon whines at that.
âH-Hyung...Please...â Jihoon whimpers.
âWhat is it, baby? What do you want hyung to do?â Seungcheol pets Jihoonâs hair to relax and uses his other hand to rub at his chest, casually tweaking his perky nipples to tease him. Jihoonâs whines cause him to be incoherent and not address his wants properly.
âI...I-Fuck, I...I want y-you, hyung...âÂ
âYeah, I know that. What do you want me to do specifically?â Seungcheol grins cheekily. Jihoon wants to glare at the older member, but he doesnât have the courage to do so. âShould I fuck you now or should I suck you off?âÂ
âS-...Suck me...please.â With that, Seungcheol wasted no time and put half of Jihoonâs tip in his mouth, swirling his tongue around it.Â
âO-Oh fuck! H-Hyung!â Jihoon belted out, making more precum flow out of him. Seungcheol could taste the sweetness, bitterness, and saltiness of Jihoon all in one. He pushed his head down further, Jihoonâs cock almost reaching the back of his throat. At this rate, he was just cockwarming Jihoon with his mouth, but Jihoon wanted more. Jihoonâs hips moved on their own accord, and Seungcheol didnât mind it. This was for Jihoon to relieve his stress after all, so the more power he has, the less he would have to think about working. Seungcheol hummed on Jihoon which caused him to buck right down his throat, gagging slightly. Seungcheol momentarily popped off to speak.
âAre you trying to throat-fuck me or kill me?â He says while looking up at Jihoon. Jihoon just whines, missing the warmth around his dick. âDo you want to fuck my mouth?â Jihoon bit his lip as his heart started to race. It would be amazing to do so, but he didnât want to cum too fast. He decided to just go along with it since this may be the only time he could do this. He nods to Seungcheolâs question and Seungcheol slides his mouth back onto Jihoon, preparing for the assault to his face. Jihoon holds onto the sides of Seungcheolâs head and throws his own head back to let his own hips take control. His thrusts werenât hard enough to hurt, but they were extremely fast. Jihoonâs embarrassment of letting out any noise flew out the window as screamed all sorts of profanities and encouragements in the open space.Â
âOh fucking sh-shit, hyung! Y-You...you feel so fucking good...! Ahhhh...â Jihoon felt his orgasm quickly approaching, and sadly, he had to stop in order to not come prematurely. He let go of Seungcheolâs head, and Seungcheol lifted his head to look at Jihoon. His face was all sorts of fucked out, but it was pretty nonetheless. His hair was mussed, eyes were glossy, a few tear streaks were on his cheeks, and his lips were shiny with spit and rosy red. Jihoon couldnât look away this time. He marveled at the mess he created and took a mental picture for him to use later.Â
âYou...You look fucking hot, Seungcheol...â Jihoon said out loud. Seungcheol chuckled, swiping a thumb on Jihoonâs supple cheek.Â
âI would personally disagree, but if you say so, then I believe it.â He gave Jihoon a chaste kiss before putting himself in an upright position. Seungcheol slid his underwear mid-thigh so at least his cock is out. He then pats his legs for Jihoon to sit on.Â
âIâm gonna have you ride me, baby. Is that okay?â Seungcheol asks. Jihoon looks baffled, but nods anyways. He sets both knees on either side of Seungcheolâs hips, already feeling Seungcheolâs cock near his entrance. âDo you have any lube, Jihoonie?â Jihoon hums a yes, reaching over to his desk drawer to pull out a barely used bottle of lube. He only uses it when he needed to relieve himself. Seungcheol teases him by saying, âWow, so naughty...â Jihoon hits his arm and hands him lube. He leans forward so Seungcheol can easily finger him open. As Seungcheol warms up the lube on his fingers, Jihoon sneaks a hand between them to stroke both their cocks. Seungcheolâs blowjob helped with the slide, so there was no need for lube there. Jihoon rested his head on Seungcheolâs shoulder, listening to older pant and groan. He even gave him so bites on his neck for payback on his nipples and jaw. Seungcheol traced Jihoonâs puckering hole with two fingers before inserting one all the way to the knuckle. He could hear Jihoonâs breath get caught and become staggered.Â
âD-Donât waste your time on this...Just...Just finger me quick and let me f-fuck myself.â Jihoon said while restraining his moans.Â
âHeh, if you insist.â Seungcheol says, adding more fingers and increasing his speed. The squelch Seungcheolâs fingering made Jihoon twitch, but it oddly turned him on even more. After taking three fingers, Seungcheol pulled them out and aligned himself with Jihoonâs entrance. He didnât even wait to see if Jihoon was ready. He knew how desperate the producer was, so he gave him what he wanted and plunged right into him, already touching his prostate. Jihoon screamed his loudest and whined pitifully.Â
âWell? Get to it, babe. Fuck yourself on my cock.â Seungcheol said with a lopsided smirk, laying back on the sofa. This time, Jihoon could glare at him, but Seungcheol finds it cute. Jihoon placed his hands on Seungcheolâs shoulders and set a steady pace for himself. He scrunched his eyebrows in concentration, feeling Seungcheolâs cock throb inside him and hearing Seungcheolâs praises and moans.Â
âShit, youâre doing so well, baby. How does my cock feel inside you, hmm?â Seungcheol says. Jihoon shyly gazes up at him.Â
â...G-Good. So good, hyung.â Jihoon whimpers. He picks up his speed, making skin on skin audible. Seungcheol lays his hands on Jihoonâs hip, ready at any moment to switch roles in case Jihoon gets tired. He was the prettiest thing to stare at while fucking. His small stature just gracefully bouncing on such a thick lower body, his round face flushed with all tints of red, his hair ruffled, his pretty lips parted and emitting such cute sounds. Jihoon was such an enchanting human being to be in the presence of. The only thing that was missing was his eyes staring back at Seungcheol. He needed that connection.Â
âLook at me while youâre fucking yourself, Jihoon. I wanna see your pretty face look only at me when you cum.â Seungcheol says while he tilts Jihoonâs head upwards. Jihoon gets nervous, knowing Seungcheol is quite intimidating to glance at for no longer than five seconds. He builds up the courage to focus on him, and it was surely a hard task to accomplish. Seungcheol is simply ethereal.Â
âGoddamn it, why are you so hot, hyung? Itâs not fair.â Jihoon whines.Â
âGod, you are such a whiner, but I like it.â Seungcheol laughs. âI bet youâre getting tired. Do you want me to pound you into your sofa?â The statement sends chills down Jihoonâs spine and his arousal pings through his body. However, he shakes his head no and tries to continue. As he fucks himself, he stares at Seungcheol and whimpers and whines. Seungcheol periodically kisses and swallows those noises up. He notices that Jihoonâs pace gradually becomes slower, so, despite his immediate protest, Seungcheol flips him so that heâs on his back.Â
âPrepare yourself, Jihoonie, because Iâm not going easy. Iâm gonna fuck the stress out of you.â Seungcheol almost growls.Â
âP-Please do, hyung. Take my mind off of this shit for a while.â Jihoon pleads. As he said that, Seungcheol pistons into Jihoon, making the sofa creak and Jihoon squeal, yell, and cry out.Â
âYeah, thatâs right, let everything out, baby.â Seungcheol encourages. âDonât forget to look at me.â He holds the back of Jihoonâs head so he couldnât toss and turn it. Jihoon tries his best to keep his gaze, his eyes faltering to take in the pleasure that was overpowering him. For a few seconds, he fell dead silent because it was too good. Seungcheol was hitting his prostate dead on, and it caused him to roll his eyes back. After coming back to life, Jihoon screamed with his whole entire chest. He was now seeing stars and Seungcheol. His vision was dizzying, almost to the point of swirling. Was he really going to black out from his orgasm?Â
âI-Iâm gonna cum, Seungcheol. I-Iâm gonna...Fuck!!â Jihoon plastered both of their stomachs with his cum,. He fell limp, knocked unconscious as he suspected. Seungcheolâs eyes widened as he shook Jihoon. Of course he didnât kill him, but he was scared out of his mind for damn sure.Â
After an hour or two, Jihoon woke up in his own bed. His head felt heavy and light at the same time. He still had that dizzying effect on him, so he didnât lift his head from the pillow nor opened his eyes all the way. He lightly tossed to the other side and ended up squinting at another body facing his direction. It was Seungcheol who was sleeping rather soundly. After Jihoon moved, Seungcheolâs eyes popped right open to see the producer looking right back at him. Seungcheol held Jihoonâs face and placed a soft kiss on his forehead.
âMy God, Jihoonie, are you alright? Did I hurt you?â Seungcheolâs voice was laced with worry and urgency. Jihoon waved it off like it was nothing.
âIâm just fine. Just a little lightheaded. Were you able to...?â Jihoon had to ask the question.Â
âY-You donât have to worry about that. I took care of it when we got home.âÂ
âDid you fuck another member to get rid of it?â Jihoon bluntly says.Â
âWhat? No! Like I said, I took care of it.â
âDid you think about me when you did it? Did you say my name when you came?â Jihoonâs bold bluntness is seeping through him.Â
âI...y-yeah...â Seungcheol blushed and averted his gaze. âWhatâs gotten into you, Jihoon? Where did all this confidence come from?â
âI donât know. Maybe because I blacked out, Iâm still a little disoriented, so shit spews out my mouth.â
âGross-â
âNot like that, dumbass! Anyways, what happened while I was knocked out?âÂ
âI cleaned you and dressed you up in the studio and brought you straight here. The members, of course, had a stroke when I brought you in. Dokyeom and Hoshi thought you were dead, but Seungkwan and Myungho had to knock some sense into them. I immediately put you in bed so you could wake up comfortably. I took care of my business and came right back to you. Once I noticed you were still gone, I just laid myself next to you and took a nap myself. Luckily, the members arenât suspicious about what we did. They probably thought we were actually working on the music.â Jihoon nods through the whole explanation.Â
âMmm...well, at least they arenât curious to know what happened. I donât have the energy to deal with it.âÂ
âYou just lay here and rest. Iâll get you some food if you want.â
âYes, that would be great, and hyung?â Seungcheol stops before he leaves the room.
âThank you for helping me out. I know exactly what to do for one of the songs.â Seungcheol smiles, almost devilishly, and comes back to the bed to give Jihoon a longing, appreciative kiss.Â
âI knew you would know sooner or later. Canât wait to hear those cute, little whines on the new track.â Jihoon smacks his head with the little power he has.Â
13 Times the Charm - Seventeen x Reader (Smut):Â âDinoâ, pt. 15 (Finale)
(THE LONG AWAITED LAST CHAPTER OF THIS STORY ;o; Iâm telling you, 2020 literally has taken over and itâs just killing us all. Well, I finally made some time to work on this chapter and make it a great grand finale. Weâre gonna have some fluff and MAJOR, filthy smut with our boy, Lee Chan aka âThe Future of Kpopâ. Vernon was very clumsy and awkward in the last chapter, so I figured Chan will have hella confidence (cocky confidence maybe) once the time comes.Â
First time with Dino, dom!Dino, lots of ass grabbing, dirty talk, degrading, sir kink, crying, overstimulation, multiple rounds, biting, spanking, oral sex, face fucking, cum swallowing, the whole shebang. Prepare yourselves! There is also a bit of angst, so fair warning of that!)
*RING RING RING* A loud alarm sound emitted into the silent and sunlit room, causing you and Vernon to both jolt up from the toasty covers simultaneously. In a daze, Vernon ceased the deafening screech of the alarm. The two of you rubbed your sore eyes and heaved. Apparently, today was a day that Seventeen had a schedule to practice for their next album. They had to get up bright and early in order to finish in a timely manner. Even though you rubbed the sleep out of your eyes, your body disagreed with you, and you flopped back onto the bed and curled up in the sheets. Vernon looked at you were glazed-over eyes and threw a slumped arm over your waist.Â
âY/N, I know itâs early, but you have to come with us...â Vernon says groggily. You whine in protest.Â
âWhy must I come? All you guys have to do is practice...Thereâs no reason for me to be there...â You argue.Â
âThe members will be highly upset if you donât go. You go everywhere with us, regardless if itâs a music show or just practice. Please, wake up...â Vernon begged, shaking you slightly. It took all your willpower to not shove Vernon away from you and be adamant about you staying home, but what he said was true. The younger members will definitely complain about you not being in their presence, and the cheering you usually do when they practice new material would be absent, thus not encouraging them to work harder. Additionally, now that you were sexually active with them, there was no way to seduce you with their hot dance moves. Were you really going to risk not seeing those moves? With a very pained sigh, you threw the covers off of you and onto Vernon. You dragged yourself to the bathroom to take a very hot shower, enough to wake you up.Â
After your burning shower, you didnât even bother dressing up nicely. You were in a black hoodie, baggy sweatpants, and Wooziâs Gucci slides that you stole from him some time ago. You trailed your way down the stairs, scrolling through your phone. You meet with some equally tired members in the living room all conversing about the album again. You plopped between Wonwoo and Mingyu and threw your head back, sighing. The boys looked at you with worry.
âY/N, is everything okay? What happened?â DK being the first one to ask.
âEverythingâs fine. Iâm just tired is all.â You say, almost muttering.Â
âTired as in, tired of fucking everyone every day, or just tired in not getting enough sleep?â Jeonghan said with no thought. You immediately glare at him.
âShut up, Jeonghan. Iâm seriously tired-tired. I completely forgot that you guys had to practice for your new album today, and I just want to stay home and sleep...But, I know you guys would be sad if I wasnât there...â
âWhy donât you just sleep at the practice room? Bring a pillow and blanket with you and catch a couple of zzzâs.â S.Coups suggested.
âHow will I sleep through the blaring music and rowdiness from you guys?â
âWear some headphones, and play your music loud so you donât hear us.â The8 said. You pondered about it for a quick second, but the idea didnât sound too bad. Sure, the floor may be uncomfortable, but at least youâll be able to sleep soundly.Â
âFine, Iâll do just that. Ugh...why does it have to be today of all days...â
âWeâre sorry, Y/N. We just like having you around, thatâs all. We promise to not bother you.â Mingyu says, wrapping his arm around you and hugging you. You immediately fall into his touch and pout.Â
âBetter yet, after we practice, weâll treat you to a good and hearty lunch. I know a place where the kimchi is SPECTACULAR.â Hoshi says enthusiastically. You couldnât help but to laugh at that goofball.Â
âIf you say so, Soonyoung.â
At the practice room, everyone shuffled in with you being one of the last ones to come through. You search the very spacious room for a decent spot to lay your head. Two of the corners were occupied with speakers and sound equipment, so your only choices were the other two corners that had the huge mirror on the wall. You slumped your way to the left side with your pillow and blanket in hand, kicked off the Gucci slides, put your headphones on, picked your personalized âSleep Musicâ playlist, and immediately disappeared under your blanket. The8 was right; you couldnât hear a single outside noise disrupting your calming music. This nap will be a breeze. Or so you thought.
âY/N looks like a whole caterpillar in that corner.â Seungkwan, causing the members to snicker. They spoke with their choreographers for the time being on discussing the positions for their album. There were three songs in particular that required choreo, and two of them are, of course, pretty intense with one being more sexy.Â
âSo, when we get to this count, while Seungkwan is singing, some of us will thrust our chests three times, glide across the floor, and basically hump it.â Hoshi explains to the members. Some of them bite their lip at the provocative dance move, but itâs not like they havenât done it before. Shit, during Aju Nice, they literally had to grab their dicks and thrust that way, TWICE. âShall we practice it?â The members gather in formation and do the beginning part of the song first for memorization. Once they got to the new part, thatâs when the practicing truly began. To their knowledge, they thought you were already asleep by now. Well, once the music came on, it cut through your sleeping music just a bit because slow songs are not necessarily loud. You tossed a bit, partially tuning in to your own music and the song that was playing in the background. You just so happened to open one of your eyes and see some of the members grinding on the floor. In your field of vision, Dino was directly in front of you. It made you open both of them in shock and shoot up from your laying position. All eyes were on you once they saw your movement.
âOh! Look whoâs up from their rather short nap.â S.Coups teased you.Â
âL-Look, I just so happened to hear some of the music in the background and got curious...â You said in defense.Â
âDid you happen to see our new dance move for one of our new songs?â Dino questioned with an obvious smirk on his face. You furrow your brows at him while your cheeks dusted in pink.Â
âW-Well...I saw a glimpse of it.â You say.Â
âWhy donât we show you again in full view, hmm?â Hoshi says, adding to the teasing. You didnât respond, but the members were already starting from the top. As they danced through once again, the new move came, and you were ready to see this take place. Some members, especially Dino, looked at you straight in the eye and glided across the floor, grinding against the floor almost a bit too hard. The action made your senses go into overdrive. Your skin started to feel warm, your heart beats a little faster, and you start to feel aroused. Why must you be horny at this time of hour? It wasnât fair. You squeezed your legs together underneath your blanket and grasped it tightly.Â
âSo, how was it, Y/N? Did you like it?â Hoshi asked. Your eyes were blown wide, and your mouth was unable to form any coherent words.Â
âWeâll take that as a yes. That face clearly screams enjoyment.â Dino laughs. You heavily sigh at the maknaeâs teasing. If this is how heâs going to be during your alone time together, you might as well dig your own grave at this point.Â
It was now time for lunch, and as Hoshi promised, he and the other members took you to a Korean BBQ place near the company where their kimchi is top notch. Some members sat in pairs, and some sat with their assigned team. You sat in between Dino and Hoshi and in front of S.Coups and Jeonghan. It was almost a booth-like seating, but the tables were segmented. S.Coups grilled the meat and vegetables for your table. You shuffled lightly in your seat because Dino and Hoshiâs thick thighs were touching yours and trapping you between them. Dino glanced over at you, eyeing you up and down. You saw his face in your peripheral vision, but paid no mind to him.Â
âShe thinks she can ignore me, huh?â Dino thought to himself. âIâll grab her attention.â He sneakily brushed a finger against your hip which made you jump and hit your knee underneath the table. Eyes were on you in a mere second, some with amusement and some with worry.
âEverything alright, Y/N?â S.Coups says, being the more worrisome one. You look up at him in embarrassment but tried to laugh it off.Â
âAha, yeah...I... I thought I felt something creep on my leg. Like, a spider or something.â You lied.Â
âBut, youâre wearing sweatpants...â Jeonghan cuts through your fibbing. You bite your lip, trying to think of another excuse, but nothing comes to mind. You just wave it off.
âLike I said, I-â
âAnyway, try out this kimchi! I know youâll like it!â Hoshi interrupts, mouth already full with the vegetable. You sigh heavily and open your mouth as Hoshi feeds it to you. Dino stifles a giggle which turns into uncontrollable muffled laughter, causing his body to shake. You curse in your mind at the maknaeâs antics. After S.Coups grilled all the meat, he serves you and Dino a couple of pieces for you to eat. A particular piece that you ate simply melted in your mouth the minute it was placed on your tongue. Consciously (and unconsciously), you moaned in pure delight. You wanted to tease Dino right back for playing these games with you. Somehow, it did the trick as Dino shot a look at you, already feeling his pants grow slightly tight. Now, it was his turn to shuffle, but none of the members seem to notice. He eats his portion of meat while trying to think of ways to make you slip up again. That moan you did was intentional, but can he make it a mistake?Â
After a couple minutes went by with eating and talking, Dino tuned in on a conversation you, Jeonghan, and Hoshi were having. S.Coups was passively listening. As he leaned in to hear more, he placed a hand on your thigh, gradually moving it up to your crotch. You were luckily not talking, but the action made your mouth close shut. Eventually, his middle finger grazed your pussy lightly, and that made you twitch and trap his hand between your thighs. Your breath became a little ragged, and unfortunately, both Hoshi and Jeonghan noticed.Â
âAre you sure youâre alright, Y/N? Youâre being really weird today.â Jeonghan says.Â
âY-Yeah. I feel a little chilly. Does it seem cold to you guys? This place, I mean?â
âMmm...No? Every time I come here, it was always at a comfortable temperature.â Hoshi says truthfully.Â
âBesides, itâs the middle of summer, and youâre wearing a hoodie. You shouldnât be cold period.â Jeonghan says with a bored expression. All you could do is scoff at him. While you were distracted, Dino opened your legs back up and proceeded to put a leg over yours to keep them from closing. You were in major trouble now. He went into a full assault with rubbing your heat as fast as he could with the right amount of pressure. You immediately slammed your head against the table with your arms folded and your face stuffed in them. You tried your very best to hold back your moans, but some just slipped out too much and too loudly. You wanted to die right then and there cause you knew that all the members were staring daggers at you for the umpteenth time. S.Coups specifically looked at Dino with a rather disapproving look, but Dino merely smiled non-innocently and raised his eyebrows. You made a high-pitched squeal that seeped through your muffled arms.Â
âWhatâs going on here?? Y/N, you need to tell us what is going on.â DK says from afar. Some of the members shake their head at DKâs naivety. Vernon whispers in his ear, explaining the situation, and DK instantly turned bright like a tomato.Â
âY/N might be sick from the food. I think Iâll take her home and tuck her in.â Dino said. Your eyes widen from his statement, and it made you shoot up from your position. You were about to protest, but Dino grabbed your arm and rushed you out the restaurant. All the members were left with their mouths agape, knowing damn well you were not going to be tucked in except with Dinoâs cock in you.Â
As you and Dino reached home, he immediately tosses you on the couch and closes the door without locking it. He walks toward you with a sultry but devilish grin.Â
âYou bastard!! How dare you make a fool of me in front of the guys!â You yelled at him.Â
âIt was all fun and games, baby girl. I wanted to see how you reacted.â Dino laughs. Your stomach churned with hatred and obvious arousal. âHowever, thereâs no time for arguing. I need to get back to the practice room soon, so we better make this quick.â
âIâm not fucking you in the middle of the day. You havenât even taken me for our date yet. Honestly, shouldnât we even go on one with how badly youâre behaving today? You little shit.â You cross your arms and scowl at the maknae. Dino doesnât take it lightly and grabs your hair tightly, wrapping around his fist.Â
âListen. I will take you on a date. Even though itâs unfortunate that I canât fuck you at the moment, Iâll just stuff my cock in your mouth to sedate me for the time being.â Dino says sinisterly gentle. It sends chills down your spine, making your blood turn ice cold. This dominance is something not to be messed with. His entire aura was seeping with it, and it made you feel so small and helpless. You had nothing to say, nothing to refute or debate with. There was no arguing at this point. âSounds like we came to an agreement.â Dino smugly says. With that, he uses his free hand to unbutton his jeans and slide them and his boxers down mid-thigh. My God, this boy was thick. His length was more on the shorter side, but not short enough to be a chode. The girth had your insides screaming, wanting it inside you already, even though you clearly made the statement of not fucking in the middle of the afternoon.Â
âOpen up, pretty girl~â Dino smirked. With bated breath, you open your mouth to have it wrap around the dancerâs cock. He groaned so heavily that it sends a ping of pleasure right to your pussy. âYou better have a good gag reflex, because Iâm going to destroy your fucking throat.â Your eyes widen at his statement, and you hold onto his luscious thighs for support. He wastes no time and thrusts into your mouth at a quick pace. The obnoxious and lewd sounds that were coming from your mouth only fueled Dinoâs arousal. His cock was soaked with your spit, and it dribbled from the corners of your mouth.Â
âOh fuck, your mouth is amazing, Y/N~ I knew it was useful for something.â He pauses his assault for a moment to just feel your warm cavern and your tongue glide across the underside of his cock. He thrusts painfully slow and watches it disappear into your mouth. âSo fucking pretty. You like having my cock stuffed in your mouth? Donât you wish this was in your pussy right now? I would fuck you so nicely, you would be screaming my name so all the hyungs can hear how well I fuck you.â Your eyes rolled to the back of your head. All this talk is driving you completely insane. You couldnât touch yourself cause you knew Dino wouldnât allow it for a second. The pressure from squeezing your thighs is the only sedation you could deal with. Without thinking, Dino resumes his fucking to your mouth and it catches you off guard. You moan against him, and you could feel him twitch against your tongue.Â
âFuck, Iâm gonna c-cum. Swallow every bit or your pussy wonât get any attention tonight.â Dino says. You nod your head as best as you can. With several more thrusts, Dino releases deep within your throat, feeling every drop slide down to your stomach. You slightly cringe at the feeling and taste (because he was more salty than sweet). He languidly pulls out of your mouth with saliva strings sticking to his dick. He tucks himself back in his boxers and jeans and tilts your head up.Â
âYou were such a good girl for me, Y/N. I hope you enjoyed that as much as I did. Itâll be even better once night rolls around.â He snickers. He presses a chaste kiss to your lips and heads for the door. âIâll see you around 5pm. Wear something eye catching for our date.â He then walks out and closes the door with you sitting stiffly on the couch. Your mind was going at a hundred miles an hour.Â
âWhat...in the fuck...just happened?â
It was 5pm, and the boys were starting to come back from practice. Dino pulled out his phone to shoot you a quick semi-arrival text:
Hey girly. Weâre almost home. Are you awake and ready for our date? ;)
You were pondering whether you should just sleep through his arrival or actually obey him and get ready when he went back to practice. Even though your nap was blissful, you couldnât bear another episode like he did earlier today. It would probably result in no date period. You peered at your phone when Dinoâs text notification popped up.Â
Unfortunately. :/ Iâm getting the finishing touches done...
You tossed your phone, but the notification came way too quickly.Â
Aww, câmon, Y/N. Donât act that way. It wonât be a pretty sight later on tonight if your attitude is sour.Â
You scoff at his little statement, feeling unnecessarily bold behind your screen.
I would like to see you try, maknae...
...
...
Alright, cockslut. Youâre playing with fire now.Â
That sent chills down your spine. You chuckle to yourself devilishly to what you will soon regret. You didnât bother replying and threw your phone across your bed again. You rubbed your face lightly in agitation that this was merely a dominance game to him. You thought that youâre going to get the pounding of your life, limping and being sore all over. Or worse, you might not get fucked at all and just suffer with heat just simmering at the pit of your stomach. You hope to God the second one didnât happen. As your thoughts continue to wonder, you hear the front door open and a swarm of voices occupy the empty living room. What made your heart race was the quickening pace of footsteps walking up the steps and towards your room. Your door flew right open, and your eyes are met with a rather stone-faced Dino. His eyes were sharp, piercing, almost knife-like.Â
âSo, you like testing me, huh?â He says deeply. You looked very intimidated, but your brain told you to challenge him and see what his actions were. You stood up from your bed and placed your hands on your hips.
âYeah. What about it?â You say, the fake-confidence only masking your fear for a few seconds. Dino cocks his head to the side and squints.Â
âY/N, donât you do this. I just want to take you out and have a good time. But, if youâre going to be a brat, I guess I must tame one.âÂ
âSays you. I recall a certain someone being a cocky little shit ass thinking heâll definitely hit a home run and not thinking his older member would do the same. Oh, was that not you, or am I mixing you up with someone else?â You ponder sarcastically. Deep down, Dinoâs blood was boiling. He didnât know why he was feeling anger, but with you degrading him like this, it hurt his pride, and thatâs the last thing of himself that he wants destroyed. Without thinking, he grabs your wrist and pushes you on the bed, holding one of your arms behind your back. He hikes your dress up so your ass is showing and just wails on your ass without stopping. You try to push him away with your free hand, but you couldnât reach him. Your ass was already turning slightly purple with how hard Dino was spanking you. You started to hiccup as tears swelled your eyes. As much as you wanted the punishment to stop, you held your own. You wanted to push his buttons, and this is what you deserve even if you didnât think so yourself. You didnât protest or severely reject his actions, and he would know when he crossed the line. After what seems like 50 blows to your ass, Dino ceased. His own hand was red. He tried to massage all the excruciating pain away, but you whined immensely and shied away from his touch. You both knew that the bruising process began rather quickly. It was a nasty one too.Â
âHave you learn your lesson yet?â Dino said, a little bite in his speech, but more laced with satisfaction.Â
âY-Yes...â You say in between sniffles.Â
âYes, what?â
â...D-Daddy?â
âEhh, Iâm not really a big fan of that name...just yet. Letâs start out with sir. Sounds more...boss-like. Yeah...letâs go with that.â He smiles to himself. He tries to pull your dress down as softly as he can. The material irritates it greatly, and you wince so badly. âI donât know if I should apologize for going so hard on you, but I do want to make sure if youâre okay.â
âA-After that, do I look-...yâknow, forget it. Iâm fine.â You lie, wiping your tears away.
âNo, seriously. If I went too far, let me know. You know I always go too far with some things...â
âRight...Well, donât worry about it. Letâs get this date over with.â After putting up such a dominant façade, Dinoâs face drops a little.Â
âY/N, if youâre that mad, we donât have to do the date...â Your heart hurt at that. As you thought before, you knew you would regret this situation; that stupid little text that started it all made you end up where you are now.Â
âDino...Channie,â you start, his real name making him look up at you. âI...am sorry for being so bratty. It was all fun and games, but now, weâre both hurt. Your dominance overpowered you, and that was what made you go crazy. I want you to tone it down, where itâs comfortable for the both of us to handle, okay? I still love you a ton. Donât forget that. Just...donât become power hungry, alright?â You brought Dino in for a hug and held him tight. He reciprocated his hold, letting his head rest on your shoulder.
âIâm so sorry, Y/N. I promise to never hurt you like that again. I bet the other hyungs didnât treat you like this. Why did it have to be me to ruin everything? ...Iâm so sorry...â He clenched onto your dress, hands trembling slightly. You sighed heavily as your heart sank from his words.Â
âBaby, no. Please, you didnât ruin everything. It was just a simple mistake, and we just want to clear it up...â You rubbed his cheeks with your thumbs. You wanted to cry again, but contained your composure. âIf it makes you feel any better, letâs go on that date. Did you figure out where you wanted to take me?â Dino slowly looked up at you, his eyes sort of glossy from almost crying.Â
âW-Wine tasting...â He says in the softest voice possible. You perk up at his idea.
âOh, I like that! Wine sounds perfect. Letâs go, baby, hmm? Weâll feel much better there.â You stroke his hair and his back as he nods. You tried to figure out how to go downstairs without having either of you appear upset after the dispute. âShould I hold your hand when we go downstairs? So the members wonât be suspicious of us?â Dino shrugs.Â
âUh-Uhm...we can.â His voice trembles, still almost on the verge of tears. You felt defeated that you couldnât coax the young dancer to be a bit more chipper. It seems that you have to turn your motherly instincts on. You held the boyâs face and peppered him with loving kisses: on his nose, cheeks, forehead, lips, everywhere. Eventually, some of the staggering tears that were building up in his eyes finally fell, and you kissed those away too, letting him have his moment. He hiccupped only slightly, sniffling and soft whines escaping him. It was at this time that you sat on the bed with him in your arms, holding his head to your chest sincerely. Now, the both of you knew where your limits stand.Â
Dinoâs eyes were a bit puffy when you two came downstairs holding hands. It took you a while to cheer him up, but he claimed that he could manage. Some members paid no attention while the younger ones plus Hoshi looked over. They were in the middle of the living room playing cards with the rewards being a bunch of snacks that each member bought themselves.Â
âHey, Y/N! Dino-yah! Are you guys going on your date? Itâs a rather late one isnât it?â Hoshi says. You chuckled a little at him.
âItâs never late for a date, Soonyoung. Besides, itâs only... what, 6:35pm? Itâs practically dinner time.â You say. âWhat are you guys doing?â
âWeâre playing cards. Iâm trying to win Vernonieâs chocolates, but he wants my chips, and Iâm not gonna let him have them.â Seungkwan says with a little pout.Â
âAnd I donât want anyone taking my rice crackers and drinks.â The8 added.Â
âSeems to be a competitive game, huh?â Everyone nods vigorously. âHaha. Well, you guys have your fun, and donât kill each other once someone loses.â They all smile and wave goodbye at the two of you. As you two head to the door, S.Coups yells from across the room.Â
âDino-yah! Take good care of Y/N! Be safe, and donât go too crazy!â Dino couldnât help but to smile at that, thanking his hyung.Â
âThat wasnât so bad, right?â You say as you close the door behind you. Dino nods, feeling tons better.
âYeah. Being around the members actually helped a lot. I donât think Iâll be in a poor mood anymore.â You smile brightly at him.Â
âSo happy to hear that, baby.â
The drive to the winery was a long one, roughly half an hour. Dino explained to you that there were no other wineries like the one he was going to show you. Typical wineries considered of just testing wine and maybe a couple snacks here and there, but this one lets you have a full course meal with whichever wine you decide. It was almost as elegant as the Chinese restaurant Jun took you during his date. As you approached the winery, it was a one floor building with tons of lights on the inside and outside. People who wish to sit outside can do so on the various patios and benches scattered across the field. Dino got out of the car first and opened your door. He took his hand out for you to grab and you kindly took it. You marveled at all the golden lights flashing prettily in the darkness of the night.Â
âI wonder how expensive this place is.â You thought out loud. Dino laughed a bit.
âWell, letâs just say it can get as expensive as someoneâs rent. Dino joked which caused you to look at him bug-eyed. Dino reserved a special spot for you guys earlier in the week, so the waiter directed you guys to your unique table with huge flowers as a centerpiece, two menus, and a bucket of ice with complimentary wine. There was also a tiny card that had yours and Dinoâs names on it.Â
âHow cute is this?â You say as you sit down. You completely forgot about the harsh punishment you received not too long ago, so you hitched your breath once your ass made contact with the chair. Luckily, it had a soft pillow that was enough to support it. Instead of sitting across from each other, Dino scooted his chair next to you, a mischievous smile planted on his face. You look up at him from your menu and raised a brow at him. âYou better not plan anything bad, Lee Chan.â
âWho, me? I would never.â Dino grins. You felt like a glutton tonight, so you decided you wanted a juicy steak with a side of roasted garlic Yukon potatoes and green beans. Dino ordered shrimp scampi, a side Caesar salad, and a basket of breadsticks to share. For dessert, you two decided on a caramel pecan cheesecake. Your mouth watered to all of the foods you were going to eat. You didnât even care if you were going to be in a food coma or not. As you two waited, Dino popped open the complimentary wine which was a semi-sweet wine. He poured the blood red liquid in your skinny wine glass and into his own. You cheered with the *tink* of your glass and took a fine sip of the alcohol. Once the bitter flavor reached your tongue, you cringed.Â
âIs it not good?â Dino asked a little worried.Â
âO-Oh, no, Iâm just not used to wines that literally donât taste like candy or fruit. Iâm more of a very sweet alcohol kind of person.â You explained. âHowever, it doesnât mean Iâll not drink it. It is complimentary after all.âÂ
âTrue. I just want you to enjoy it. Iâll drink the majority of it if you donât want a lot.â
âFine with me.â About ten minutes later, the waiter comes back with your guysâ food. He also asks if you want to try some different wine. You immediately asked for anything sweet or fruity. The waiter recommended a peach wine that will surely appeal to your taste. As he walks away, you feel a hand squeeze your thigh.Â
âYou got what you wanted.â Dino says, smirking at you. The small gesture made you turn pink slightly, and you averted your gaze to look at your amazing and steamy food instead. You dug right in, placing a garlicky potato in your mouth. It burned your mouth a bit, but you were so hungry, so you fought through the pain. Dino twirled his noodles with his fork, stabbed a curly shrimp, and slurped it up in one go. You two simultaneously moaned aloud, one sounding more sexual than the other. For some reason, it made Dinoâs cock twitch in interest, but this time, he ignored it and continued eating. Your feast lasted for a while, but you devoured quicker than you should have. You stole most of Dinoâs breadsticks and even snatched a couple of shrimps away from him. Dino tried to steal a potato or two away from your plate, but you kept fighting him off with your fork.Â
âJesus, Y/N, were you that hungry?â
âYes! The lunch we had earlier today was long gone!â You exclaimed.Â
âI think you should be hungry for something else later on.âÂ
âCâmon, Dino, I already choked on your cock today. My throat is sore...â
â...I-I meant the cheesecake...â You two stared at each other with blush creeping on your faces the longer you made eye contact. Without noticing, the waiter came back with a whole caramel pecan cheesecake to go and the bill. Dino bit his lips, eyes still on you. His eyes kept flickering between your eyes and lips, all shiny, red, and clear from any particles of food. You took a swig of your fruity wine, trying to break the tension. However, Dino doesnât let it slide.Â
âWe should go back home.â He says in a low tone. You almost choked on your second (or third) swig of wine, already afraid of what Dinoâs demeanor was going to be for the night. He was an entire rollercoaster today, from being a sassy brat to dominant monster, and from an upset child to now, a sly and sensual fox. He downs his glass of wine, throws a couple hundreds on top of the bill, grabs the cheesecake and you, and makes a beeline to the door. You protested, wanting to drink more, but it couldnât cut through to Dinoâs one-track mind. Your comment really fucked you over tonight.Â
Once you entered the house, Dino threw the cheesecake on the table and stormed up the stairs, still dragging you fairly close. Some of the members were still awake, watching a movie and eating popcorn. All of them quickly looked at you two with surprised eyes, but immediately turned back to the movie, hearts racing at the thought of you guys going at it while they were aware. As you guys entered Dinoâs room, you were tossed on the bed as Dino stood at the door locking it. He turned on his heel to look at you with lust dominating his entire aura. He stared at you like you were his last meal. He approached you at an agonizing pace, making your heart audible in your own head. For some reason, you couldnât avert your eyes away from him, and it made it all the more arousing. His diamond-like eyes were completely consumed by the darkness of his pupils.Â
âA-Arenât you the slightest nervous, Channie?â You stumble over your words. âYouâre definitely not like the others wh-who were scared out of their minds.â Dino couldnât help but to chuckle at that.
âY/N~ Of course, Iâm just a bit nervous because I donât want to hurt you. Other than that, I am so ready to pound you into oblivion.â He says confidently. You gulped at him, eyes wide. He wasted no time with removing your dress to reveal this royal blue set with white lace accompanying it. Heâs enamored by the beauty of it, cock twitching violently in his pants. His staring causes you to obscenely blush, more than you did with the other guys. As he so claims to not so much be, his nervousness seems to rise, knowing that the next step is to remove both of your guysâ clothes. While he was lost in thought, you tug on his black dress shirt, rising it up so that some of his supple skin was showing. He caught the hint and unbuttoned it quickly, tossing it to his right. You admired his slim body; broad, rounded shoulders, toned stomach, and perky nipples. You unconsciously rubbed and tugged at them, causing him to stifle a grunt. You smiled at his reaction, but it faded once he started to grind against you. It was your turn to stifle the moan that was in the back of your throat. Speaking of your throat, Dino slowly leaned toward it and bit it, releasing a hefty moan from you. Dino licked and sucked at his mark, making beautiful blooming hickeys form. He did that to the other side as well. You couldnât take it anymore, so you unbuckled his belt to his pants, clearly feeling his erection straining against the fabric. You drug his boxers along with his pants to let his leaking cock land on his lower abdomen. You then took off your lingerie set without a care in the world. You almost laughed when you saw Dinoâs eyes go blank but his blushing face showing what he was thinking and feeling. Now his nervousness was at its highest level. He wanted to touch, fondle, kiss, and lick at every newly exposed part of you, but he didnât know where to start. You simply grabbed both his hands and placed them on your chest, squeezing them hard. Dino automatically fell in love.Â
âOh my God, theyâre so soft~â He says with his whole chest. He dips in between them and snuggles for a quick moment and proceeds to kiss and nip at each breast. Little red marks began to appear where he bit you. He traveled down to your navel, kissing and nipping more. Once he reached your pussy, he was stuck again. This time, you felt shy and squeamish.Â
âAre you gonna eat me out, baby? Do you want to do that?â You asked him, the thought sounding exhilarating. Dino lightly licked his lip, wanting to try it out. He spread your legs a bit wider to fully expose you. He opened you up to marvel at your pretty pink center. He couldnât help but tease your clit with the tip of his tongue. Your legs shook violently from the minuscule action.Â
âCh-Chan~ Please, more. I hate being teased.â You whimper. After hearing that, Dino ate you out with more vigor, humming and moaning with you. You can see the concentration on his face, and it turned you on even more than you were already were. Dino was trying to speak, saying you tasted amazing, sweet like honey. At this rate, you were getting a bit desperate. Your pussy practically throbbed from all of the mouth attention it was received.Â
âChan, please fuck me now.â Once he heard that, his aura changed for the 30th time today, his dominance making a comeback.Â
âDo you mind calling sir from now on?â Dino says with a low tone. You actually nod, but deep down, you were bracing yourself for what was about to occur. âI want you on your hands and knees. I mean it when I say Iâm gonna pound you.â You could barely turn when you heard that. Dino immediately eyed at your ass which was all the way purple with some spots of red. He cursed internally for hurting you this badly, so he vowed to not spank you this time. Heâll merely grab at the spots where they werenât attacked as badly. He spread you apart as easily as he could, sliding his cock between your folds and cheeks. It felt amazing, but itâll feel like heaven as soon as he enters you. As he did, his whole body slumped against you, unable to contain the amount of pleasure that coursed through him. It took him a while to regain his focus, but he did once you urgently pushed your hips against his. With that, he sets a steady and firm pace, causing you to jerk and moan with every thrust. The pain from your bruised ass as Dino made contact with it oddly added to your pleasure. It bounced as Dino quickened his pace. He massaged all the fleshy parts of you and gripped you enough to add more bruises.Â
âOh fuck, Y/N~â Dino says deeply, sweat already appearing on his forehead. âI never want to stop fucking you. Youâre too good for me~â You clench around him tightly, intrigued by his statement.Â
âTh-Then donât. Keep fucking me till youâre empty. Fuck me till I canât move an inch.â You said. Again, you made comments that you will regret, but hopefully, you donât regret this at all.Â
âAre you sure about that, baby girl? I wonât back down.âÂ
âYes! I donât care. Youâre the last one, so fuck me like you mean it.â Even though you couldnât see it, Dinoâs smile turned dangerously wide and wicked. He readjusted his position, grabbed your hips even harder, and used all his might to ravish you. It had you screaming like you were getting murdered and whining like a child. All you could say was âDinoâ, but Dino didnât like that one bit. He stopped abruptly and almost growled animalistic.Â
âThe fuck did you call me?â He spat.
âI-Iâm sorry! Sir! I-I meant sir! Please, it was a mistake!â You pleaded like your life depended on it.Â
âThatâs what I thought.â He resumed his brutal pace, mesmerized by your loud noises. âGod, I bet the hyungs are having the time of their lives listening to you scream like a whore. Theyâre gonna touch themselves tonight, wishing they could fuck you again. Donât you want them to think about you like that?âÂ
âY-Yes sir!â
âWhat do you want them to know?â You hung your head low, embarrassed to say what was about to come out of your mouth.Â
âI...I want them to k-know...how good youâre fucking me...â
âAnd?â
â...And how much of a sl-slut I am for your cock.â
âAhhh, what a good girl~â Dino mockingly says. He strokes your back as a minor reward. Your orgasm was coming close, but you knew Dino wouldnât let you off the hook that easily. You tried to endure it as much as you could, giving off subtle hints that it was approaching. âSounds like youâre about to cum, baby. Iâll be nice to you this time. Cum all over me.â You belted out the loudest moan you could once you climaxed all over Dino. You laid flat on the pillows, trying to regain your breath. However, Dino wasnât done with you. He switched positions with you, having him rest against the headboard.Â
âNow, I want you to ride me. Can you do that?â He asks. With furrowed brows, you nodded, already straddling his legs with your trembling ones. Dino hurriedly slid right into and went straight into his fast pace once again. You had to hold onto his shoulders for support. Your high was still present, and the overstimulation made your eyes roll to the back of your head. It was a sight to see for Dino, knowing he could do this to you.Â
âSeeing that Iâm literally fucking your brains out, do I fuck you better than the rest of the members?â His grin turns devilish. You could only nod, but Dino slaps your thigh, expecting a verbal answer.Â
âYes, sir, yes, youâre the best. Better than anyone!â You say but with a strained voice. As you say that, Dino releases his seed inside of you without warning, his thighs and legs shaking harshly. He lets out a loud groan and presses his forehead against your chest. His breath is ragged and heavy, and so is yours. You feel his cum drip down your thighs as you start to get off of him and flop to his side. Suddenly, Dino climbs back on top of you again, instantly hard again.Â
âWho says we were done?â He whispers. Your heart sank so deep, it felt like it was in your stomach. You damned everything: Dinoâs stamina, your stupidity in saying such regretful things, and even damned the next day, knowing your body is going to be a corpse. The rest of the night resulted in Dino slamming into you on the bed, on the wall, on one of his desks, and even in the bathroom once you thought everything was over. You were completely filled with Dinoâs cum and was covered in sweat, spit, and tears. You couldnât look at yourself in the mirror cause you were completely trashed. Luckily, Dino took real good care of you. He massaged your sore limbs and muscles after giving you a delicately warm bath that was scented like honeysuckle. He changed the sheet into fresh and new ones, and he even dressed you in some of his comfiest pajamas. Dino only slept in his boxers which wasnât a problem. He held you like a stuffed animal and gave you the first proper kiss of the entire day. That melted your heart as you desperately wanted to kiss those lips the right way instead of quick pecks. He whispered a tender âI love youâ in your ear as you gradually lost consciousness. The warmth from the covers and Dino made you feel safe and secure after the roughness that you faced throughout the day. Tomorrow was going to be a huge ordeal, and you couldnât be bothered to face it.
The next day, you remained in bed, passed out to the point where you were snoring. All of the members were downstairs most likely arguing or discussing last nightâs events. Your mind tuned in on Seungkwan and S.Coupsâ scolding and Dinoâs laughter. You scrunch your face in concentration, suddenly curious about the conversation. Your brain wanted you to go downstairs and be in on the gossip, but your body said fuck no. You were clearly awake now, but didnât dare to move. Fortunately, you heard a myriad of footsteps coming your way...or was it really fortunate? Seungkwan was the first person to burst through the door with a non-menacing angry expression on his face.Â
âY/N! What in the world was going on with you and Dino last night?? Every member heard you two, and we were all awake through everything!â He exclaims.
âE-Everything?!â You shot up, but the burst of energy died fast as you groan in pain and drop back to the bed.Â
âNot gonna lie, it was pretty hot to hear.â Jeonghan said under his breath in the silent room. He earned a slap to the chest from S.Coups, a âShut up, Jeonghan hyungâ from Woozi, but secretive nods from Mingyu, Jun, Hoshi, and Vernon, agreeing with Jeonghan. Joshua came by your side and stroked through your messy hair.
âAre you doing alright, honey? You must be in a lot of pain.â He says. You smile softly at him but cringe as a ping of pain comes through.Â
âAh...it does hurt, yes. But, itâs not life-threatening, so I wouldnât worry too much. I-I think as long as I stay warm or donât move a lot, I should be fine...â Joshua nods, kissing your forehead.Â
âAs I was saying, what did you guys exactly do last night?â Seungkwan continues, not dropping the subject.Â
âThey fucked. Isnât it obvious?â Mingyu butts in. Seungkwan feels as though his blood pressure might rise or else heâll kill anyone that sasses him more than he sasses everyone else.Â
âLetâs just say, I got a little carried away...heh.â Dino shyly says, twiddling his thumbs.Â
âWho knew our little maknae could be so dominant in bed, and loud too.â Jun teases as he ruffles Dinoâs hair, making him blush all over.Â
âStop it, Jun hyung!â He pouts.Â
âWell, at least you guys didnât break. We donât want that happening.â S.Coups says.Â
âTrue. Hey...out of curiosity, did any of you guys...yâknow...â You were nervous to actually say if they touched themselves to the thought of you. Apparently, they got the hint, and as you looked at each of them, they all nodded. Every face you saw was tinted with red. âI...I didnât think I had that much of an effect.â
âAre you crazy? Of course you did! I mean...you were loud, and we did hear every audible word being said...â Seokmin said, biting his lip. You palmed your face, the recollection of the night resurfacing.Â
âIf you donât mind...could we all do it again with you...once last time?â Vernon softly spoke.
âAnd Iâll take you on a date this time!â S.Coups awkwardly laughed. You chuckled at him.
âWell, how about this: letâs not do it every day like we did this time. I need time to rest in between. Once in awhile is perfectly fine. It doesnât have to be in age order. And dates are not required at all. If you feel like it, go ahead if youâre comfortable.â You explained. âAre we all on the same page?â Everyone hummed in agreement.Â
âWell, now that everything is cleared up, can we go get some food? Iâm fucking starving.â Woozi grumbles. Heâs the first one to head out the door while other hungry ones follow him. Jeonghan lingers back to creep up to your ear to whisper something to you.
âYâknow, I wouldnât mind having a couple of threesomes or foursomes with you and the others. If youâre up for that, let me know~â He smirks at you and gives you a dangerously sweet kiss to your cheek and walks away with a wink as he closes the door. You were left stunned, mouth agape and eyes unfocused.
âWhat in the fuck have I gotten myself into..?âÂ
Well, well, well... Here we have a smut that I randomly thought about while I was at work lmao. It was too good to NOT write about, so I had to share it.Â
Summary: You and The8 decide to have a little fun without S.Coups, and heâs not in the slightest happy that he was left out.Â
âA-Ah~ Minghao~â You whimpered softly in the silent room. Minghao swirled his tongue around your overly sensitive nub while gripping your warm and thick thighs that were wrapped securely around his head. He hummed in satisfaction, marveling in your sweet taste. The two of you were alone in the house, bored out of your minds since the rest of the group went to their individual jobs. Some were simple, and some were more complex. Minghao worked as a part-time fashion designer, but he was off for today because his boss and other colleagues were out of the country for a photo shoot. He was the only member who had a day off, and he decided to spend it with you. You both first started the day off with a mini brunch date and then watched a midday movie together. After it, it gotten way too dull just laying around the house. Minghao remembered a certain scene in the movie that made him a little playful, and he made a suggestion that you two could have âmore funâ upstairs, even though Seungcheol specifically told you two not to do anything inappropriate without his permission and/or without him being there. He worked for a huge company that he was in charge of, so his hours were mostly spent on the clock. It was a disappointment because the two of you were highly active in the bedroom, and the absence of Seungcheol made it difficult to not fool around. Apparently, Minghao wanted to be a punishment day, so that is how you ended up on the bed with him between your legs.Â
âMmm, Y/N, how come you always taste so good?â Minghao mumbles against you. âAnd sound so pretty as well? I can see why Coups hyung constantly wants to hear you scream and whine.â You whimper at his words, rolling your hips against his mouth and gripping his long, dark locks. Minghao lets out a chuckle and continues his ministrations until he hears heavy footsteps echo in the hallway. His mouth stops in its tracks and he lays frozen on the spot. You also halt your movements with your heart beating faster and breath struggling to stay still. The man mentioned by Minghao enters the room in his professional suit and tie and a gold Rolex watch shining on his right wrist.Â
âY/N? Mingha-â He stops talking, eyes locked on the two bodies plastered on his bed. You and Minghao stare at the well dressed man in the doorway with wide eyes.Â
âD-Daddy!â You both exclaim. Seungcheol shook his head and scoffed with a smirk. He stepped into the room and closed the door with his foot, locking it afterwards.Â
âLook what we have here: two of my babies misbehaving without their Daddy. What a shame. You guys know the rules I give you, but then you break them anyways. You know...â he pauses, removing his suit and his watch. â...Iâm not as nice as Daddy Soonyoung: buying you sweets and treats, babying you 24/7, and making you guys become spoiled.â He loosens his tie and removes his belt. âWho was the one that started this?â The room remains quiet. âWell?â Seungcheol adds emphasis on the word harshly. Minghao raises his hand nervously, looking at Seungcheol. He smirks again. âMinghao...it figures. You like receiving Daddyâs punishments, donât you? Like the little slut you are...Come over here, now.â Obediently, Minghao crawls to the edge of the bed, sitting on his knees. Seungcheol grabs his wrists and ties them with his tie. He crooks a finger at you to summon you, and you came over as well, Seungcheol tying your wrists with his belt. He sits on the bed and drags Minghao on his lap first. Surprisingly, Minghao was fully clothed while you were not. Seungcheol snatched Minghaoâs pants and boxers down until they were on his ankles. He didnâtâ waste any time swatting strong hits on Minghaoâs ass, causing him to yell out with each strike. You watched in fear as Minghaoâs ass reddened profusely. Minghao whimpered and sobbed, the pain almost too unbearable to handle. He was surprised that he didnât have to count out his spanks, but he also didnât know that Seungcheol was going to be this disappointed. Either way, it made his cock twitch against Seungcheolâs thigh. Luckily, Seungcheol didnât notice it. After what seemed like a thousand swats to the ass, Seungcheol let up on the poor boy and took him off his lap and drug you onto him. He also did not hesitate in spanking you into oblivion, but since you were not the cause of this incident, he cut his spanking time short on you and only reddened your ass lightly, to a rosy pink so to speak. Seungcheol rose from the bed, rolled up his sleeves, and looked at the both of you in your already destroyed states. Minghao was still sobbing with tears slowly falling down his cheeks. You were shaking, but not out of fear. It was the anticipation of what Seungcheolâs next move was. He walked over to the nightstand and opened the draw to take out a bottle of lube. He grabbed Minghaoâs arm and tossed him to the middle of the bed, legs already spread out. He removes the pants and boxers that were around his ankles and removes his shirt, making him equally naked with you. His cock was standing proud and unbothered with precum streaming down the base. Seungcheol tsked at him.
âI knew you liked getting Daddyâs punishments, you little whore. Your cock is just begging to be touched. Matter-of-fact, I bet you even touched yourself with Y/N while I was gone, didnât you?â He asks. Minghao bit his lip and stayed silent once again. Seungcheol lets out an aggravated sigh and snatches Minghao by his head and looks at him dead in his eyes. âI expect an answer, cockwhore.âÂ
âY-Yes, Daddy...I d-did touch myself...â Minghao said in the softest voice he can produce. Seungcheol lets go and pushes Minghao on his back and grabs his legs. He tugs his dress pants down to reveal his rock hard member, much bigger and thicker than Minghaoâs.Â
âI shouldnât even give you my cock right now since youâre behaving like such a bratty bitch. Even Y/N is behaving better than you are. You should take some tips from her. Actually...â Seungcheol retracts from Minghao and heads towards you instead. Your breath starts to falter as Seungcheol comes closer, but it gets caught as Seungcheol presses a soft but hungry kiss against your lips. You moan lightly between the two of you. He ate your mouth up like it was the last meal he would ever have, and Minghao watched it all unfold. âBabygirl, lay down for me. Daddyâs going to fuck you first so the other little brat can see how much of a good girl you have been. He should learn from you, shouldnât he?â You nod, but that was not the right action. He slaps the side of your thigh and gives you a stern look. âDonât go fucking it up now. Use your words.â
âYes, D-Daddy.â You say. Seungcheol smiles, whispering a âgood girlâ in your ear. You lay down with your legs spread and Seungcheol is towering over you. He hikes your legs around his waist and pours lube over his cock and your pussy.Â
âIâm sure cockslut over here prepped you beforehand, so you should be well opened up to take all of me, right?â He says.Â
âYes Daddy, he did.â You say, peering over at Minghao who was pouting beyond belief. You gave him an apologetic look that says that youâll repay him later. Seungcheol then slid his cock inside you with ease and groaned deeply, almost sounding like a growl. You arched yourself into him, almost having to hold on and adjust. However, Seungcheol gave you no time and started pounding into you, causing the bed to shake and the headboard to slam against the wall. The sounds in the room were highly obscene: you screaming, the skin on skin contact, Seungcheol growling, and the wetness coming from your pussy. Minghao tried his hardest to not be jealous, but also tried to not jerk off to all of this. His neglected cock twitched pitifully against his stomach, and he whined to himself. Seungcheol eyed Minghao with lust and anger in his eyes.
âI better not hear a fucking disapproving sound come out of your mouth. With the way youâve been acting, you donât deserve to make any noise.â He says with venom in his voice. âYou shouldnât even be allowed to watch. But, Iâm giving you just this to show what youâre missing out on.âÂ
âI-Iâm sorry, Daddy. I promise, Iâll be good. I swear. I r-really want your cock. I want you, Daddy...â Minghao begs sadly. He starts to sob again, hiccuping.Â
âOh? You say youâll be good now, but that wasnât the case a couple minutes ago. All you ever want is my cock, whether it be in your mouth or up your ass. Maybe my cock will shut your little act down.â Minghao was left speechless and defeated. Seungcheol continued to fuck you senseless, having you chant his name like no tomorrow. You want to grab a hold of Seungcheol, but the belt around your wrists was preventing you from doing so. âLook at me, babygirl. Tell me how much you love Daddyâs cock inside of you. Tell me how much you want to be a good girl and cum on Daddy.â He makes strong eye contact with you, biting his lip and grunting with every thrust he pounds into you. If this wasnât a punishment, you would have came right on the spot. You struggled to speak, but it amused Seungcheol greatly.Â
âD-Daddyyy...I l-love your cock...so much. My l-little pussy loves your cock.â Wrong word choice. He stops his movements completely.Â
âExcuse me? Whose pussy is it?âÂ
âIâm sorry, Daddy. Itâs your pussy.âÂ
âThatâs fucking right it is, and only mine.â He speeds up back to his original ruthless pace, making the coil in your stomach tighten. When you stop making noise, Seungcheol knows youâre about to cum. âAre you about to cum, sweetheart? Tell Daddy.â
âY-Yes~ Daddy~â Your voice raises an octave. You canât hold it any longer, squeezing your eyes shut and clamping your hands together, hoping that Seungcheol gives you the okay. Seungcheol laughs at your actions and canât help but to let you release.Â
âCum for me, princess.â And that was all it took for you to be squirming and hollering Seungcheolâs name to the heavens. Minghao watched your body shake and listened to your wonderful moans echo through the room. If only that was him doing that to you or him in that position. You were covered in sweat, and your breath was failing to catch up with you. Seungcheol stroked your cheek and gave you a kiss on your forehead. He didnât cum yet, so he slid out of you, causing you to whine from the loss.Â
âYou were so good for me, baby. You did such an amazing job.â Seungcheol praised you. All you could do was give a small smile. Seungcheol looked over at Minghao who had been sitting patiently (or impatiently) all this time.Â
âAre you ready to be a good boy, Minghao?â He asks. Minghao nods, but Seungcheol glares.Â
âIâm sorry, Daddy. Iâm ready to be good.â Minghao says. Seungcheol pushes him down like he did before and hikes his legs on his shoulders.Â
âYou donât get any prep. Thanks to Y/N, my dickâs pretty wet, so you get what you get.â As he says that, he enters Minghaoâs tight ass with a bit of resistance. âOh fuck...â Minghao whines and squirms, waiting for Seungcheol to fuck him the same way he did you. The stretch was just right and the fullness was great. âYou know what to do...â Seungcheol says lowly.
âP-Please, Daddy. C-Can you fuck me? Fuck your little cumslut.â You didnât think Minghao had it in him to say such words, but he surprises you in many other ways regardless. Seungcheol has a lopsided smirk, amused to hear foul words spew from a needy Minghao. Satisfied, he rams into his tight hole with no remorse. Minghaoâs whines gradually become louder, begging to cum already.Â
âYou definitely are not fucking cumming right now. Be quiet and take my fucking cock like a good boy.â Seungcheol snarls. Minghao can only say âDaddyâ and wishes for him to let him cum soon. He surely does not regret the choices he made today since it rewarded him in the end. He hasnât had a good fuck from Seungcheol in a long time, and this charade of his did set him off in the way he wanted it. He only fucked and played with you, and although he loved doing that with you, Seungcheol was a delicacy that was rarely tasted. The way his strong hips would pierce against his ass and the way his cock filled him whole was an experience in itself. The dirty words he would use towards him filled his mind with all sorts of images and fantasies. He loved the way Seungcheol manhandled him and treated him like a common street whore. He also loved the care he would get after a rough session. He wouldnât dare live without this Seungcheol.Â
âDaddy~ Please, let me cum. Let me cum from you~â Minghao begged, staring at Seungcheolâs hooded eyes. âYou feel so good, Daddy. I want to cum so badly.âÂ
âMy, such a mouthy and needy slut. At least youâre using your words and telling me what I need to hear finally. Daddyâs almost there. Youâll cum when Daddy cums. Do you want Daddy to cum in your ass?âÂ
âPlease~!â Minghao squeals when Seungcheol hits his prostate. You watch in amazement, enjoying this annihilation. You sort of want to touch yourself, but Seungcheol would not allow it. Plus, you were already exhausted from the pounding you received from him. Minghao and Seungcheol were working up a massive sweat, both of their bangs sticking to their foreheads.Â
âDaddy, I c-canât. Please, please, please, can I cum?â Minghao was at his breaking point, flushed red all over and body spazzing out violently. Seungcheol was close enough to fill Minghao to the rim.
âFucking cum for me, little whore.â With that, both Seungcheol and Minghao came in large amounts. Minghaoâs load covering both his and Seungcheolâs chests, and Seungcheolâs filling Minghao all the way. It was such a sight to see, shaking your eye in disbelief. Both Seungcheol and Minghao were struggling to catch their breaths, foreheads pressed together. Seungcheol slid out of Minghao to head to the bathroom to retrieve wet cloths. You scooted close to Minghao and nuzzled him. Seungcheol came back and wiped down you and Minghao gently. He smiled warmly and kissed you for the second time and Minghao for the first time.
âMy sweet babies, did I hurt either of you?â He asked.Â
âNo, Daddy.â You two answered, smiling back at him. He almost forgot to untie you both, so he did so and removed the rest of his clothing, feeling super hot in it.Â
âI know that this not your fault, Y/N, but I hope you both will learn your lessons from now on. I donât want to get that angry again.â Seungcheol says seriously.Â
âIâm sorry, Daddy. It was just one time.â Minghao says. âI really promise this time to not be a bad boy anymore.âÂ
âI hope you keep your word. You know I have to tell Daddy Soonyoung about this. He wonât be giving you any treats for this week.â Both you and Minghao whine, but Seungcheol shuts that down quickly. âNo whining. You need to learn your lessons. Now, I bet you two are tired. Do my babies want a nap with Daddy?â
âYes!â You two say. Seungcheol couldnât help but laugh. He extracts the bedding from its imperfect and ragged state and plops himself right in with you and Minghao on each of his sides. With an arm wrapped around his babies, you two felt asleep relatively fast. Seungcheol drifted of a few seconds after. Getting caught was always an adventure for Seungcheolâs babies.Â
13 Times the Charm- Seventeen x Reader (Smut):Â âVernonâ, pt. 14
(Hello, hi, this series is not dead just yet :â) Life has taken over for a good...while haha. SO, here we have good olâ Hansol. Itâs most likely going to be a very awkward experience for him, so itâs going to be a more playful type of session with Vernon. We had fluffy Seungkwan in the last one, so now itâs time for awkwardness because who doesnât love that??
First time with Vernon, Switch!Vernon, LOTS of spanking, lots of awkwardness, and...I guess thatâs it? Weâll see down the line.)
It was quiet...A little too quiet for your liking. You laid in Seungkwanâs bed for while until your uneasiness got the best of you. Seungkwan was sleeping very soundly next to you with his arms wrapped securely around your waist. Just a mere shift in position was all it took for him to stir in his sleep and eventually mutter drowsy words into your ear.Â
âY/N...awake?â He mumbled almost incoherently. The way he sounded made you choke a giggle. You responded with a slight âmhmâ, and he slouched over to the other side to stretch. Both of you were unaware of the time, but it would most likely be somewhere between late morning and early afternoon. After a few yawns here and there, Seungkwan languidly rose from the bed and headed to the bathroom. You, on the other hand, grabbed one of Seungkwanâs pair of shorts and shirt and headed downstairs to see why it was super quiet.Â
Once you stepped out in the hallway, all you heard was light chatter among the members. Some were watching TV eating food while others were in their typical discussion spot which was the kitchen. When you approached the stairs, Dino was the first one to greet you.Â
âHi, Y/N!â He said with an innocent smile. âHow was Seungkwan hyung? Did you go all the way with him?â To your surprise, you cocked your head to the side with a rather disapproving look on your face.
âWhy would you think Seungkwan wouldnât go all the way, Channie? I donât recall that being any of your concern.â You say. Dinoâs face suddenly fell, making him ponder about what he said was wrong. You did come across a bit harsh, but what was said has been said. âBesides, what if you donât go all the way, hm?â
âOh trust me, I donât have any plans to not do so.â Dino says confidently. You quirked an eyebrow at him, making it a mental challenge.Â
âThis boy has a lot of nerve...â You think to yourself.Â
When Seungkwan came downstairs, Dino immediately ran to him to hover him with questions. You decided to sit at the discussion spot with Vernon, S.Coups, Woozi, Jeonghan, and The8. All of them greeted you warmly. Vernonâs eyes quivered slightly, focusing on you more than usual.Â
âHey, Y/N. Weâve been discussing some ideas for you and Vernon today.â Woozi spoke up. Vernon quickly darted his eyes at the producer.Â
âOh really now? What ideas did you have in mind?â
âWell, we thought about a skateboarding date, but quickly dropped that because we donât know how skilled you are. Maybe...a little to none.â Jeonghan stated.Â
âWe also thought about an art date, but I donât think youâll like the turnout of how your portrait would be...â The8 said. Vernon scoffed at that, but you happened to chuckle a bit.Â
âOur last resort would be a beach date. You havenât had many outside dates except for Myeongho and Dokyeom, so it would be nice to maybe go swimming, play some volleyball, go to some local shops, and eat ice cream. Doesnât that sound pleasant?â S.Coups said. You nodded to the idea, and a smile crept up on your face.Â
âThat doesnât sound too bad of an idea! Letâs do that. Weâll go in a couple of hours.â Without hearing Vernonâs side of that story, you rushed upstairs to take a shower and properly get ready. Both Jeonghan and S.Coups patted Vernonâs shoulders while Vernon took a heavy sigh.Â
âYouâre nervous, arenât you?â S.Coups said a little cheeky. Vernon eyed up at the fellow rapper.Â
âOf course I am. What if she doesnât like the date? What if she thinks itâs boring? What if she thinks IâM boring?â Vernon blurted his concerns.Â
âSheâs not going to think any of that. She loves you very much, and the fact youâre even doing this means a whole lot to her. Just wait until later on tonight. Youâll be a total wreck when the time comes.â Jeonghan said almost, but not entirely reassuringly. Vernon once again, took a hefty sigh.Â
It was roughly 2:30pm when you decided it was time to go on your date with Vernon. You prepared a bag of beach essentials; sun lotion, umbrella, towels, a change of clothes (just in case), bottles of water, and other little trinkets. You were dressed in a light-weighted dress with your swim wear underneath, and a sun hat and sunglasses to complete the look. Vernon waited patiently by the stairs for you to come down. He kept looking at his wrist watch and tapped his foot anxiously to distract himself. The other members looked at Vernonâs actions and stifled a soft laugh, never seeing the boy so worked up over a little date. You finally exited your room with your bags and greeted the young one. You gave him a bright smile, and he returned yours with a very...stiff one. You grabbed his hand and headed to the door. Seungkwan yelled from afar, âGood luck, Vernon-ah!â That was the last thing Vernon needed to hear to make his anxiousness skyrocket.Â
You guys reached the beach after about a 15 minute walk, and it was rather occupied by a bunch of other people, mainly couples and friends hanging out. You found an open spot in the middle and set your umbrella up and placed two towels on the sand. You took of your hat and sunglasses and removed your sandals and dress. Vernon was looking elsewhere, but turned at just the right moment to see you in your two-piece bikini. It was black with a galaxy-like pattern, with stars plastered all over. Vernonâs mouth slowly fell agape, pupils blown wide immediately. You peered over at him and started a series of giggles due to the fact that his staring did not cease. You had to wake him up from his trance.Â
âUh, Earth to Vernon?â You waved a hand in front of his face. He jumped to the action, and he felt sudden embarrassment, his cheeks dusting in a rosy pink. You continued to laugh as you rose from the ground. âCâmon, letâs play a round or two of volleyball.â Vernon nodded to your suggestion and followed you. After setting the equipment, you were the first one to serve. Vernon was rather good at volleyball; you were equally as good. However, Vernon had the upper hand with his serious and dangerous spikes. Most of his points came from those. After a while, the score was 7 to 9 with you leading. To your surprise, your points were just lucky shots.Â
âRemember, first to 10 wins.â You say. Vernon nodded, already in position to volley the ball. You served, but it went out of bounds. Thatâs one point for Vernon. He serves; you tripped on a shell and missed the ball. Thatâs another point; youâre both tied now. Vernon smirks to himself as he serves the final serve. You were determined that you wouldnât lose this game. There was good volley, but a lovely seagull decided to swoop your way and come at you. You screeched and ran away from it, costing your the game. Vernon began to laugh and cheer at the same time. You glared at Vernon for laughing at you.
âThat was not fair! That stupid seagull had to botch the game!â You exclaimed. Vernon shrugged it off and came to you, patting your shoulder.
âItâs alright. How about this; why donât I treat you to some ice cream? And...I will buy you anything you want from the shops.â After a sad moment of pondering, you nodded in defeat even though you were thankful for his offer.Â
After eating ice cream and getting some souvenirs from the shops, you and Vernon went to the ocean to swim for a while. It was pleasantly warm despite it begin the late afternoon. You kept swishing water at Vernon, still being butt-hurt over your unfortunate loss. He did it back until you both got closer to each other and bumped. Vernon grabbed onto your and wrapped his arms around you so you wouldnât splash anymore. The sudden action made both your hearts race and even skip a beat. There was peaceful, but still moment until Vernon pressed a sweet kiss on your cheek. It startled you, making your cheeks gradually turn red. Vernon got even bolder and started to kiss your lips softly; It turned out to be a mini make-out session in the middle of the ocean. To your surprise, Vernon was a pretty amazing kisser, not like you ever doubted it before. It lasted for a couple minutes until Vernonâs hands were slowly traveling down your back towards your ass. Plus, people in the water were staring daggers of curiosity at the two of you.Â
You managed to duck under the water to escape and swim behind Vernon, whispering in his ear, âWhy donât we save that for later on, Nonie? Besides, people are starting to stare, and we donât want any embarrassment, do we?â You say lowly. Vernon, already embarrassed by the audience around him, nodded to your response. That resulted with the both of you raising from the ocean and grabbing your towels. You and Vernon dried off, put on your clothes that you came in and headed home early, hand in hand.Â
It was now evening, and the time was right for the special event to begin. You were upstairs in your room figuring out what to wear for Vernon, while the rapper himself was downstairs conversing with his members. You had this wondrous idea to wear lingerie underneath a large shirt you âstoleâ from Vernonâs room. That will surely catch his attention. Looking at yourself in the mirror, you looked rather ravishing, so you felt satisfied enough. You heard laughter come from downstairs and decided to make your move. Standing from the stairs, but not being seen, you yoo-hooed Vernonâs name, beckoning him to join you. The group of members that were chatting with him eyed at the young half-American boy. He gulped audibly, almost shaking as he knew it was time. S.Coups and Joshua patted each of Vernonâs shoulders in a supportive way.Â
âYou can do this, Vernon. Donât be too nervous.â Joshua said in his native tongue. Vernon nodded and rose from his seat, approaching you on weak knees. He caught a glimpse of you and almost collapsed on the stairs on sight. You stifled a laugh, but quickly helped him up.Â
âDonât make a scene, baby boy. We havenât started yet.â You say quietly. The pet name made Vernonâs cock twitch in interest. As you two entered his room, you closed and locked the door behind you, making eye contact with Vernon the entire time. Vernon stood like a totem pole: still, but no expression on his face. The only things reacting are his dick and his face full of hot redness. You strutted over to him, placing a sultry hand on his chest. He flinched but leaned in to your touch.Â
âAre you ready, baby boy?â You mutter. That pet name really does something to him in all the best ways. Hesitantly, Vernon nods. You make your first move by leaning (or rather, tiptoeing) up to Vernonâs lips and pressing a soft but passionate kiss onto them. Vernon somehow reacts very quickly and kisses back with the same amount of passion. You start to move him back to the bed until he collapses on his back, making you straddle his waist. You could already feel his erection resting against your heat, so you got a little cheeky and started to grind on him. You got an immediate reaction of him hissing and letting out a weak moan.Â
âA-Ah, Y/N, st-stop, itâs too much...â He whimpered. You cocked your head to the side teasingly.
âToo much? Baby, weâre just getting started. This shouldnât be nothing.â You say as your raise his shirt over his head, showing his lean body and perky nipples. You glide your hands over them and Vernon jolts upwards like he was being brought back to life. Funny to see that his nipples were sensitive whenever you tweaked them and see him squirm and whine.Â
âAre you ready to see my little surprise I have for you?â You say, hands clutching the edge of the shirt you took from Vernon. He gave you a quizzical look but nodded anyways. You raised the shirt to reveal a black lace set with pink accents surrounding it. Vernon looked at you with his mouth agape, breathless and nonverbal. He slowly raised his hands to touch you, but looked up at you for permission. âClever boy.â You thought to yourself as you nodded in approval. His hand first went to your hips, grazing to your sides, cupping subtly on your breasts. You hummed in satisfaction as he gave them light squeezes. All he could do was mouth the word âWowâ. You smirked and leaned to steal another kiss from him, speeding up this dragging process of admiring your body. As you two were kissing, Vernonâs hands explored adventurously on you, especially your lower half. The kisses were getting heated enough to the point where Vernon smacked your ass in excitement. The action made you yelp and raise up, bumping Vernonâs head against the headboard. It didnât hurt, but it was funny watching him deserve that karma.Â
âY/N...I...I want to fuck you now.â He says as he rubs his slightly sore head.Â
âReally now? Well, take my lingerie off and get to it, baby.â You say as you switch positions with him. He attempts to unclasp your bra, fumbling with it endlessly until it gave in and unhooked. You threw that to the side, and Vernon couldnât help but stare again, as if he hasnât looked at you enough this entire day. âIf you keep staring, Iâll have to fuck myself in just a few seconds.â You say impatiently. Vernon shook his head out of his trance and removed his shorts and boxers, feeling relief that his cock sprung free. He was a pretty decent size, more girth-y than anything. It was your turn to gaze at your treat for the night. Vernon shuffled in embarrassment as he languidly slid your panties off of you, both of you now naked in all of your glory.Â
âGod, you look so amazing.â Vernon whispers, catching a whiff of your growing arousal. Heâs so close to going feral, but his anxiousness is keeping him at bay. You parted your legs yourself and drug Vernon close to you by his hips.Â
âI want you, Vernon. Now.â You expressed your urgency by grinding against him again. Moaning out loud, Vernon took your word and tried to line up with your entrance. Instead, he went to the wrong hole and tried to enter there, wondering why it was tighter than usual. You slapped his arm, stopping him in his tracks.Â
âWrong hole!â You exclaimed, looking up at him in shock. Vernon bit his lip.Â
âSorry...is it...this one?â He says as he put his dick in your aching pussy. You arch your back in relief and belted out a long moan. âO-Ohhh...I guess it is.â He took an experimental thrust, making you coo and hum. âWas that good? Ahhh...shit...â
âY-Yes, baby boy, so good~ Keep doing it.â You encourage him. His first couple of thrusts were choppy and very inexperienced, but after a couple of position adjustments (eventually landing you in the doggy position), they started to become better. Vernon had you moaning up a storm, filling the silent room only with your sounds. As his hips slammed against your ass, Vernon felt more confident with being dominant. He slapped it once again, watching the area turn a light pink.Â
âGod, your ass is so fucking perfect, Y/N.â Vernon says, slapping it multiple times in a row without stopping. You basically howled against the pillows, his spanking and him fucking you making your climax come quick.Â
âF-Fuck, Vernon, please...f-faster. I want to cum, please!â You begged. Vernon ceased his attack on your ass and grabbed a hold of your hips, making the skin on skin action a lot more audible. You tossed your head side to side and gripped the sheets, screaming Vernonâs name with no shame. You could hear him moaning your name out as well along with a string of curses that never break. âA-Are you getting close, baby boy?â You ask him.
âY-Yes, oh fuck. C-Can you cum with me?â He asks you, and you nod. You reach beneath you to rub your clit quickly in time with Vernonâs thrusts. Both of you were yelling loud enough that even the members downstairs could hear, but none of that matter to either of you.Â
âShit, shit, shit, Iâm gonna cum, Y/N. Cum with me.â Vernon says quickly as you reach your orgasm almost as the same time as him. You came as he took his final thrust inside you and came thick ropes, streams of white leaking down both of your thighs. Vernon laid on your back, dick still inside of you, face in your hair. He was breathing quite hard, sweating profusely like he did an intense workout. Laying pretty awkwardly, you wiggled your ass against him to get his attention, but that only refueled his arousal when you felt his cock twitch inside of you.Â
âDonât tell me... youâre horny again... because of what I just did.â You say weakly. Vernon happened to chuckle, but slid out of you, his cum now fully dripping out of you.Â
âHeh...I am, but I donât have the energy to go for another round. I can handle this in the bathroom.â He says as he gets up to handle his revived problem, but you stop him by grabbing his wrist.Â
âDonât. I can take care of you.â Vernon gives you wide eyes, but sits back down on the bed. âI havenât done this in a while, so itâll be nice to come back to it.â You say while wrapping your fingers around his already pulsing cock. Vernon shivered at your touch, watching your every move. You let your head go down and enclosed the tip of his cock with your mouth. When Vernonâs eyes rolled to the back of his head, the rest was history. It was going to be a long night for you two, not knowing when to stop. Clumsy at first, but the time with Choi Hansol was well spent. Will the precious maknae, Dino, be the same way, or just a tad bit different?Â
13 Times the Charm- Seventeen x Reader (Smut):Â âSeungkwanâ, pt. 13
(Ahhh, Baby Boo~ I donât know what to particularly say about this one other than that itâs going to obviously be mainly fluffy cause that is what he is. I usually donât think of anything sexual with Seungkwan, but I am going to try to think of something more on the fluffy side since the others have been either rough or slow and sensual.
Mainly fluff/fluffy sex ofc, HUGE praise kink, sub!Seungkwan, riding, and a loooot of kissing. Enjoy this softness!)
EDIT: (I literally left this story vacant since December and I am so sad that I would do that to you guys ;v; )
Peace and tranquility filled the atmosphere as you lay un-bothered with The8â˛s arms wrapped around you securely. It was rather early in the morning, and the sun was making the whole room lit. Even though you still wanted to sleep while cuddling The8, you opened one eye curiously to view your surroundings. All you could see was The8â˛s beautiful sleeping face and the bright room. You smiled to yourself, enjoying what you are seeing. Moving slightly, you crept up to The8â˛s face and planted a sweet kiss on top of his nose. His dark bangs covered his eyes, so you werenât able to see him open them slowly. Once he did open them, he peered over to you and exchanged the smile you already had on your face.Â
âAh~ Hello, my queen.â The8 said groggily, but in an oddly sexy tone.Â
âHi there~â You said back. You raised one hand to brush his raven locks out of his face so you could look at him better. âWhat a lovely sight to wake up to.â
âI could say the same.â The8 snickered, peppering sweet kisses on your temple and cheeks. âDo you want to stay here and sleep a little longer, or do you want to join me for a warm, morning shower?â You pondered.Â
âHmm, both sound nice, and I canât deny either... Since Iâm already up, letâs take a shower.â You say. The8 hums in approval, peeling the warm and heavy covers off of both of your exposed bodies. You happened to sneak a peek at The8â˛s naked body which resulted in you madly blushing and covering your eyes discreetly. The8 happened to notice your sudden shyness and gave a soft chuckle.Â
âYou can look if you want to, honey. I donât mind.â He smirked to himself.Â
âIâm glad youâre confident enough.â You say, eyes still covered.Â
After your relaxing (and passionate) shower with The8, you scurried to your own room to get some clean clothes on. For these past days, youâve been wearing either a robe or the boysâ clothes around the house, so youâve decided to actually wear something that was your own. To your surprise, when you reached the stairs, your boy of the day, Seungkwan, greeted you first. His cute, round cheeks were prominent on his face when he gave you a pure and welcoming smile. In his hands were a tray of your favorite breakfast foods and two cups with juice and coffee. There was also a skinny vase with a couple of roses inside and a card underneath.Â
âH-Here you go, Y/N! Whatâs a better way to start off your morning other than your person of the day presenting you with a hearty breakfast full of your favorite delicacies and a mini gift?â Seungkwan says almost perfectly. âIf you would follow me, I will present you to your seat.â With a rise in your eyebrows and a genuine and amused chuckle, you followed Seungkwan. He led you to one of independent tables that were scarce in the house. However, the table was immensely decorated; a silk tablecloth covered in sparkles, more flowers as a centerpiece, and a space for you and Seungkwan to sit.Â
âIt may not look like much, or it may look tacky, but I did try my hardest to impress you.â Seungkwan admitted.Â
âAww, Seungkwannie, you did your best, and that is all that matters.â You say. âBesides, I actually like this little set up. It looks rather...elegant.â You peered over at Seungkwan to see his face light up. You took your seat, and Seungkwan placed your feast in front of you before sitting across the table. You thanked him for the food and proceeded to stuff your face. Seungkwan watched you eagerly with gleaming and anticipated eyes. You chewed slowly to process the taste and hummed in satisfaction. Seungkwan happily clapped at your approval, knowing good and well that he didnât prepare any of the food. The other members looked over at you two and sighed.
âSuch a stuck up friend he is...â Dino said disgusted while resting his chin on his hand. Vernon nodded, patting the youngest on the back.Â
âWell, we canât help it, can we? Heâs only doing this to impress Y/N, thatâs all. I guess thereâs no harm no foul for it.â Vernon said. âI mean, you would want to impress her too when itâs your turn, right?â
âOf course I do! What are you talking about? Itâs just that...heâs setting up high expectations...and I donât know if I could do as well as him...â Dino pouts and sighs in defeat.
âDino-yah, itâs not a competition. Itâs not about being better than the others. Itâs all about spending time with Y/N individually and expressing our love for her. Donât you want to do that instead of trying to impress?â Vernon says. Dino nods, understanding everything.Â
âYouâre right, hyung...I guess Iâm just nervous since my day is getting close.â
âShit, my day is tomorrow and you think Iâm not nervous??â Vernon exclaims.Â
âYah, watch your mouth, Vernonie.â Jeonghan says, overhearing the entire conversation. Vernon rubs his neck in embarrassment.Â
âEither way, Iâm just as nervous as you are, Dino.â
Once you have finished your meal, you looked under the vase to see the mini gift Seungkwan had for you. You were about to open it, but Seungkwan stopped you. He said to wait until you reached your first destination of the day. You then asked him what are his and your plans for today.Â
âOh, our date has already started! Serving you breakfast was the first priority. I was thinking about maybe pampering you in the morning, and having real fun at night. I donât believe you have been to karaoke, have you?â Seungkwan says. You didnât know what he specifically meant by âpamperingâ, but you answer his question.Â
âNot necessarily. Iâve been to restaurants that have karaoke, but I have not been inside of one officially.âÂ
âGreat! Youâll enjoy your time with me then. Weâll sing to our heartâs content!â Seungkwan says proudly. You couldnât help but laugh at his excitement. âSince youâre already dressed, why donât we go get you pampered, hmm?â You tilt your head in confusion. Surely, you werenât going to go anywhere with your comfortable clothes, but Seungkwan insisted and/or didnât care. He practically dragged you out the door without hearing any of your pleas to change and look proper. All of the members stared and shook their heads, some of them stifling a laugh.Â
The place that included your âpamperingâ was actually a spa. It was the first time youâve ever been to one, and it was very surprising that Seungkwan ever thought of taking you to one.Â
âA-A spa?? Seungkwan, is this why you didnât want me to change?â You asked. Seungkwan nodded.
âThatâs sort of it, yes. But, thatâs not the true reason why Iâm taking you here. Since youâve been getting pounded non-stop everyday, you need some massages and relaxation to ease your sore muscles.â He said bluntly. The way he worded that sentence made you blush harshly.Â
âD-Did you really had to say it like that?â You said, chuckling in embarrassment. Seungkwan didnât watch his mouth, so he lightly tapped it for speaking so abruptly. When you two entered the spa, two young ladies greeted you with bright smiles and attitudes. One of them asked if both of you are getting treated, but Seungkwan stated that only you needed treatment.Â
âO-Only me?? You donât want to get one with me, Seungkwan?â You asked confused.Â
âI donât really need one. You should be the one getting glamorous~â He said with a wink. âBesides, Iâll just watch you be all relaxed and such.â You had intention to argue back, but Seungkwan stopped you in your tracks. âPlease, take her to one of the rooms.â The two ladies dragged you with them, and Seungkwan simply followed. The first room was basically a massage room. One of the ladies asked you to strip and get into a fluffy white robe. You took the robe from them, went behind a changing curtain, and came back out. Both of the ladies were gone and were replaced by two attractive and strong men. You were shocked to see them, and in all honestly, you were shy. Seungkwan was sitting in one of the chairs, watching your reactions. He started to get jealous and said:
âRemember who youâre with, Y/N~â He said with a forced smile. Sweat started to appear on your brow, and you gave Seungkwan a nervous smile. When you undressed, Seungkwan hid his eyes out of courtesy. He would rather see you strip until you both got home in a room alone. You laid yourself down on one of the tables, and you felt a warm towel cover your backside. One of the male masseuses began to rub oil on your back, calves, and also your feet, the back of your arms, and your neck. It smelled like eucalyptus and spearmint, which fill your nostrils. You deeply sighed at the fragrance and smiled to yourself. Your head was facing Seungkwan, and he happened to see you starting to feel like youâre in heaven. With that reaction, he was satisfied. The masseuse began to massage you, which elicited a sweet moan from your throat. It wasnât sexual, but Seungkwan thought that it was. A light blush crept on his cheeks, and he thought to himself; âSo this is what Y/N sounds like when sheâs in bliss...Beautiful.â Once the masseuse finished massaging your painful areas, he even insisted in cracking your bones. He started from the bottom and worked his way to your neck. You really let out a guttural groan once he cracked your back. You felt like one of those glow-in-the-dark lightsticks. The more you let out blissful sounds, the more Seungkwan wanted to take you back home and hear you all to himself. However, he had to restrain himself, and he did so by shaking his leg rapidly and biting his lower lip. The masseuse then flipped you over, covered your chest and lower regions, and massaged the front. You gave him permission to massage your breasts and inner thighs, but Seungkwan quickly shook his head and gave ânoâ sounds. You looked over at him and chuckled, forgetting how possessive he is. The masseuse understood, refraining from causing a commotion. With that, your massage was done. Next was your facial.Â
âYouâll enjoy this greatly, Y/N. Your already sweet face will get rejuvenated by one of the best dermatologists in Korea.â Seungkwan said, feeling proud. You couldnât help but shake your head and laugh.
âIâll keep your word for it, Seungkwannie~â Once you reached the room, it almost looked like a dentist office. There was a bunch of equipment and a chair in the middle of the room. A woman who looked as if she was in her early to mid 30â˛s was present. She told you to sit in the chair and you obliged. She started to ask you questions about your skin; howâs its condition, what products do you use, what problems occur, and so on. As of now, your skin was fair. There were no blemishes or bumps present, but you do occasionally breakout at least once a month. There were also some scars from over the years. After all of that discussion, the woman began preparing your facial. There were a few creams that she put on your face, and she even used some cooling orbs to freshen your face. Overall, the sensations were very enjoyable. Throughout the facial, your face changed temperatures dramatically from creating blood flow from heat to sealing your pores from the coolness. Seungkwan was silent as he watched this whole process occur. His mouth was agape the entire time with interest. The facial didnât take too much time unlike the massage. The final step left you with a facial mask and the typical cucumbers on your eyes. You looked like a goof, so Seungkwan started to giggle. You couldnât see him, so you swatted at the air.Â
âAha, you canât reach me, Y/N. You might as well quit it now.â He said. Giving up with a chuckle, you stopped and rested. After a couple of minutes, the woman removed the facial mask and the cucumbers off of your face. You blinked a couple times and lightly touched your face, feeling how supple and smooth the surface was. You were completely astonished as you marveled this renewed sensation.Â
âWah, your face looks so much brighter!â Seungkwan exclaimed. You peered over at him with a slight disapproval.Â
âWas my face not bright before? Am I not a ray of sunshine to you?â You say jokingly.Â
âNot as bright as Dokyeom hyung...â That statement resulted in a hit to the arm.Â
After your spa treatment, it was time to head to karaoke, and a real one at that. Seungkwan was most excited for this because he had never heard you sing...sing properly instead of screaming your head off when you had your earphones on. The karaoke place had a very chill vibe to it: neon signs, mostly dark, but a lot of young people and plenty of rooms to go in. Seungkwan already reserved a room (which you didnât know that they could do). Your room was more special than the others: a bigger screen, instruments and costumes, more comfortable seats, and even special room service for snacks and alcohol. The walls were even soundproof just in case it gets too rowdy.Â
âThis is...very nice, more nice than I thought.â You say your thought out loud. âHow much did this cost?â Seungkwan simply shrugged, smiling.Â
âDoes it really matter? Weâre both going to have a very good time, so just enjoy yourself, okay?â You couldnât really argue with that statement. Seungkwan gave you the first go at picking a song. Of course, you had to pick a Seventeen song just for the occasion.Â
âShould it be a peppy song or a ballad...?â You say while flipping through the list. You decided on âOh Myâ because you liked how cheerful it is. Standing up, you grabbed the microphone and waited for the song to start. Seungkwan cheered you on in the background. As the song started, you began to dance in a cutesy way. You sung with a higher-pitched voice than usual, and Seungkwan had a kick out of this, laughing and clapping. However, you knew the lyrics like the back of your hand. Seungkwan listened so intently, humming along with the tune and loving the way you sing. After the song was done, you received your score of 98.Â
âHoly shi-, I didnât think I did THAT well!â You exclaimed. Seungkwan applauded you, more surprised than you were.
âYou did so well, Y/N! Iâm so impressed by your singing! Why did you never tell anyone how good you are?â You shook your head, not knowing a valid reason. It was Seungkwanâs turn, and he chooses a ballad; no surprise there. He sings beautifully as always, and you swayed your body to the captivating melody and his voice. With his score, he received a 100. You clapped for him wildly like he won a music show. Embarrassed by your sudden actions, Seungkwan chuckled lightly and blushed. The day passed on with you two going back and forth with songs, you mainly Seventeen songs and Seungkwan with his beloved ballads. It went on for so long that you guys basically had dinner there. It wasnât any ordinary dinner either; you had plenty of side dishes and three main courses. That was one of the perks for having a special room. It surely made you full after the second course. Checking the time, it was getting rather late, and both your throats were getting taut, so it was time to head home.Â
Of course, the night certainly has not ended with just a spa treatment and karaoke. The main event cannot be skipped. Both you and Seungkwan stepped into his room and shut the door and locked it. Seungkwanâs heart was already beating insanely fast since it was finally time. He sat on the edge of the bed, twiddling his fingers and avoiding any sort of eye contact. You looked at him and tilted your head. Once you realized why he was so fidgety, you softly snickered.Â
âIs my baby boy nervous?â You say abruptly, getting into your sexual personality. Seungkwan snapped his head up to look at you with wide eyes. A bead of sweat was starting to appear on his brow, and the room wasnât even hot. He stumbled over his words, but you shushed him immediately. âI know how scared you are, but you donât have to worry about anything. Iâll take care of you.â You say very comfortingly. Closing your eyes, you pressed your plush lips on Seungkwanâs which startled him beyond belief. The passionate kisses you were giving made him fall in love three times more than usual. Once you broke the kiss, you could hear a slight whimper emit from Seungkwan, and that made you smirk. âDid you enjoy that? I think I can tell already.â You just so happen to look down and see that Seungkwan was mostly hard in his jeans. Seungkwan turned violently red and evaded your staring, whimpering even more. You noticed that he hasnât touched you since you started to make out with him. You removed your shirt and pants, revealing a classic set of pastel blue panties and a bra you had on.Â
âSorry that I didnât have anything eye-catching for you to wear.â You say with a cute pout. Seungkwan was far from disappointed, staring at your form with his full attention. You heard a very faint âOh my Godâ come from his lips, so you thought you must have did something right.Â
âCan I...touch you, jagi?â He says, eye gleaming with anticipation. You nodded, and his hands roamed your body. You giggled when he hesitantly groped your butt and breasts a little longer than your other body parts, loving how soft they were. Being bold, he kisses almost every inch of you, and you really enjoy that feeling. âYouâre so beautiful, Y/N. You really are. So pretty all over.â He praises you. You scoot him back to the headboard of the bed, straddling his lap. You can clearly feel how hard he was, and it was started to get to you. You slowly roll your hips against him, and you emit a small moan of relief and satisfaction. Seungkwanâs breathing becomes erratic, not being used to these ministrations of yours. You gave him more kisses so he wouldnât be so distracted by your grinding. Thinking that kissing would cover up his moans, he releases them in your mouth.Â
âThese clothes are bothering me.â You say frustrated. You remove Seungkwanâs shirt and jeans along with your bra and panties. This is the moment where Seungkwan starts to panic frantically, and it is very visible on his face. You cup his cheeks to reassure him and plant many kisses on him. âBaby boy~ Donât get nervous again~ Itâs just me.â You coo. âPlus too, you look very cute, so donât be embarrassed either. I love your body as much as you love mine.â Seungkwan looks at you and nods, feeling much better. His curious hands touch your breasts again and fondles them which causes you to writhe a bit. âIâm assuming thatâs your favorite part of me, am I right?â You giggle. Seungkwan shyly smiles and nods again. âYouâre really hard beneath me, honey. Do you want me to care of you?â You reach down to his cock and stroke him through his boxers. Your heart literally melted once you heard the most beautiful noise Seungkwan could ever make.Â
âJ-Jaaaagi~â Seungkwan moaned, his voice higher than normal. âN-Nooo, itâs too muuuch~â His hand grasped your wrist, but you continued to stroke him.Â
âDonât you want to feel good, Kwannie? If you donât want that, Iâll stop.â Hearing that made Seungkwan perk up. He shook his head real quick in protest.Â
âIt...It does feel good...Donât stop, Y/N~â He says, biting his lip. Wanting to take a peek, you slide his boxers down just so the tip of his cock is showing. It was a shade of brilliant red with precum leaking profusely. You whistled at the sight.Â
âI think you need something better than my hand, baby boy.â You say. You took his boxers off completely, spat in your hand and covered Seungkwanâs cock. The actual feeling of your hand on him got Seungkwan quivering in pleasure. You eventually raised his cock to pair up with your entrance. With ease, you slid onto him, filling you up to the brim. Seungkwan was thick, and he filled you full.Â
âO-Oh my God, Seungkwan~â You stuttered. Seungkwan watched your face contort, and he enjoyed every moment of it. You began to move slowly and steadily, wanting a reaction from Seungkwan. Once the pleasure kicked in, he almost went crazy. His body shook like it did previously, and his moans were louder than before. Hearing him moan like this encouraged you to move faster. You held onto him closely, peppering him with kisses. He was a bit squirmy which you didnât mind; it was expected.Â
âY/N, f-fu-... My God, I-I...I love this s-s-so much~â Seungkwan said with difficulty. You chuckled, listening to him praise you.Â
âDo you want to cum, baby boy?â You say. He nods. âUse your words~â
âY-Yes, please.â You roll your hips harder, creating a ton of friction. Seungkwan held onto your for dear life. You fully kissed him to muffle most of his moans. What signified his climax approaching was him bucking his hips into you which made you feel much more pleasure than what you were creating yourself. The two of you were making so much noise at the same time, it was almost harmonious. Between kisses, you hear Seungkwan say that he was close to cumming. You hopped off of him and began to stroke him fast. Clenching the sheets, Seungkwan came hard, covering your palm, his chest, and a tiny bit of your face. You were secretly rubbing your clit to reach your orgasm. Noticing this, Seungkwan wanted to help.Â
âL-Let me help you cum, Y/N.â He says, breathing heavily. Despite not recovering from his orgasm yet, he insisted with helping you reach yours. He laid you down quickly and shamelessly started eating you out. It was sloppy, yes, but it made you feel amazing. The added pleasure made you reach your orgasm faster. You tugged on Seungkwanâs hair and squeeze your thighs together, almost suffocating him. With a squeal, you came on his tongue, your juices coating it. His chin was shiny with your cum, and he licked his lips happily.Â
âY/N, you tasted so sweet~â He says with a giggle. You canât help but to laugh with him while stabilizing your breath. Seungkwan went to the bathroom to grab some towels to clean yourself up. After that, both of you slid underneath the covers and embraced each other.
âHow was it, Seungkwannie?â You ask, drawing patterns on his chest.
âI...really liked it a lot. I donât know if I would do it often, but it does feel really good. Almost too good.â He says shyly. You look up at him and smile.Â
âIâm glad. Youâre not the first one to be so nervous. DK was just as scared as you were.âÂ
âOh really? ...Iâm not that surprised, to be honest.â You two laughed. After conversing for a couple more minutes, you two accidentally fell asleep while talking. As sweet as Seungkwanâs experience was, will calm boy Vernonâs experience be the same or totally different?Â